Chemical Manual L PDF

Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Mail: P O Box 33 NO-1324 Lysaker, Office: Strandveien 20, NO-1366 Lysaker, Norway
Tel: +47 67 58 45 50, Fax: +47 67 58 45 70, Internet: www.wilhelmsen.com/shipsservice
CHEMICALS
CHEMICAL
Manual Manual
Marine Chemicals Manual

ID.NO 808001 Origin: Becker Media, Norway, 01.08. 10K.
808001 Chemical manual cover.indd 1 02-01-08 14:10:45

CHEMICALS
Manual
Fuel and Oil Treatment
Cleaning, Maintenance
and Biochemicals
Water Treatment
Pool Water Treatment
Equipment
35279_Index 07-01-08 11:18 Side 1
INDEX
FUEL & OIL TREATMENT

Pre-combustion Treatments Fuelcare 2 Soot Remover 9
Dieselite 7 Soot Remover Liquid 10
Valvecare 8
CLEANING, MAINTENANCE AND BIOCHEMICALS

Degreasers and Tank Cleaners Coldwash HD 16 Cleaner for new boiler &
Cleaner for Cargo and Double cooling system Commissioning Cleaner 44
Bottom Tanks 17 Acid Cleaners Disclean 45
Seaclean 17 Descalex 46
Seaclean Plus 18 Descaling Liquid 47
Cleanbreak 20 Metal Brite 48
Enviroclean 21 Metal Brite H.D. 49
Seacare O.S.D. 22 Teak Renewer 50
Seacare Ecosperse 23 Electrial Cleaner Electrosolv-E 51
Seacare EPA 25 Ultrasonic Cleaner Unitor USC Ultrasonic Cleaner 52
Alkleen Safety Liquid 26 Hand Cleaner Natural Hand Cleaner 53
Alkleen Liquid 27 Biochemical Cleaner Gamazyme BOE 54
Fore & Aft 28 Gamazyme BTC 55
H.P. Wash 29 Gamazyme Toilet Descaler 56
Uni-Wash 30 Gamazyme MSC 57
Aquabreak PX 31 Gamazyme DPC 58
Aquatuff 32 Gamazyme Digestor 59
Foam-Agent 33 Gamazyme 700FN 60
Aquatuff High Foam 34 GAMAZYME FC 62
Slip Coat 32 CARPET CLEANER 63
UniPol 36 Antifoam Defoamer Concentrate 64
Carbon Removers ACC Plus 38 Cleaner & Disinfectant Bilge Water Flocculant 65
Carbonclean LT 40 Reefer Cleaner 66
Air Cooler Cleaner 41 Mud & Silt Remover 67
Carbon Remover 43 High Speed Penetrating Oil 68
Zinc Coat Conditioner 69
WATER TREATMENT
Boiler Water Treatments Combitreat 74 Boiler Coagulant 83
Liquitreat 75 Potable Water Stabiliser 84
Autotreat 76 Dieselguard NB 85
Cat Sulphite L (CSL) 77 Rocor NB Liquid 86
Oxygen Scavenger Plus 78 Cooltreat AL 87
Hardness Control 79 Vaptreat 88
Alkalinity Control 80 Bioguard 89
Oxygen Control 81 MAR-71 90
Condensate Control 82
35279_Index 07-01-08 11:18 Side 2
INDEX
POOL WATER TREATMENT

Pool Water Products Pool chemicals 4 in 1 Plus DPD 107
Problems and solution Dry Acid 109
summary 93 Brominating tablets 110
Sanitiser 95 Higher Cal 111
pH Increaser 96 Algaecide 60 112
Balancer 97 Algae Control Concentrate 113
Pool Surface Cleaner 98 Pool Water Clarifier 114
Breakpoint Shock 99 Calcium Hypochlorite 115
Super Clarity 100 Advantage Tablets 116
No Green 101 Chlorinating Tablets 117
True Blue 102 Stain & Scale Control 118
pH Decreaser 103 Defoamer 119
Hydrobrome Tablets 104 Bromine Tablets 120
Stain & Scale Away 105 Pool Surface Cleaner 121
Nofoam 106 pH Increaser 122
EQUIPMENT
Equipment Fuel/lube Oil Test Kits 125 HP-Boiler Water
Lube Oil Test Kit 128 Test Kit PC 22 140
Cleaning and Dosing Test Kit for CoolTreat AL 142
Equipment 129 Dosing System for Water
Water Test Kit Selector 130 Treatment and Fuel Oil
Spektrapak 309 131 Treatment 143
Spectrapak 310 132 Dosing System for
Spectrapak 315 134 Evaporator Treatment 144
Spectrapak 311 136 Cleaning and Dosing
Spectrapak 312 138 Equipment 145
Spectrapak 313 139 Chemical Cleaning Unit 148
Marine Chemicals_a 16-04-08 08:22 Side 1
Marine
Chemicals
Marine Chemicals
Fuel and Oil
Treatment
Marine
Chemicals
FUEL OIL TREATMENT
Problem and solution summary
Problem Solution Product(s)

Fuel sludging
High water content and fuel polymerisation Inhibit polymerisation and disperse sludge into Fuelcare
causes sludge formation and filter blocking. combustible state. Demulsify water and stabilise Gamabreak
fuel to restore combustion characteristics. Burnaid
High temperature corrosion

A combination of vanadium and sodium Raise the melting point of the ashes to keep them Valvecare
results in highly corrosive ashes with low as solids. The ashes are then ejected with the Dieselite
melting points which attack metals causing exhaust gas.
damage and failure.
Low temperature corrosion

Sulphur and high levels of excess air A combustion catalyst enables the reduction of Dual Purpose Plus
contribute to the formation of diluted excess air in boilers and reduces the formation of Burnaid
sulphuric acid leading to corrosion. sulphuric acid. In diesel engines the use of ash Valvecare
modifiers inhibits the catalytic action that Dieselite
vanadium has on the SO2 SO3 conversion.
Ash deposits
Carbon residuals from combustion processes Combustion catalyst increases C CO2 Dual Purpose Plus
bind ash particles together to form deposits. conversion reducing free carbon. Burnaid
Dieselite
Smoke and Smut emission

Low excess air; pre-heat temperatures too Check and adjust mechanical functions - e.g. Dual Purpose Plus
high: burner/injector malfunction; fouled air clean air cooler. A combustion catalyst will Dieselite
coolers; incorrect timing; high MCR fuel, reduce carbon residue formation. Burnaid
resulting in excessive carbon residue.
Deterioration of power output

Ash and carbon deposits in combustion zone Combustion catalysts improve combustion. Dual Purpose Plus
and exhaust system causing general loss of Ash modifiers reduce deposits. Dieselite
efficiency in boilers and turbocharger surging Burnaid
in diesel engines. Valvecare
Soot and firescale build-up

Incomplete combustion causes soot and Catalytically lower carbon ignition temperature, Soot Remover
dense carbon based firescale. Gas flow resulting in soot burn off. Soot Remover Liquid
impaired and heat transfer efficiency reduced.
Exhaust systems, economisers etc. become
blocked.
Fuel system corrosion

Microbiological activity produces a corrosive Kill microbiological contaminant. Neutralise acid, Biocontrol MAR-71
environment. Salt water contamination of fuel. separate out water. Fuelcare
Gamabreak
1
Marine
Chemicals
FUELCARE
Fuel Conditioner/Stabilizer Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
Product Description DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.9
Fuelcare is a pre-combustion conditioning treatment for FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
residual fuel oils. COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: No known effect
Product Properties Rubber: May swell
Fuelcare prevents and disperses sludge, stops Synthetic rubber: May swell
stratification of fuel in tanks, breaks water-in-oil
emulsions and gives a better separation of water and PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
sediments from oil. It provides a more homogeneous fuel 650 571133 25 Steel
for combustion. Vessels bunker lines remain cleaner and 650 571794 210 Steel
filter blockages are reduced or prevented. Centrifugal
water and contaminant separation is made more efficient Features, Benefits and Applications
and all system components stay cleaner.
Down-time of separators, boilers, engines, etc is reduced
• Disperses and prevents sludge formation, keeping fuel
systems cleaner
due to more effective fuel handling.
The treated oil has improved combustion quality because
• Stabilises fuel blends, reducing compatibility problems.
slow burning fuel components are kept in a finely
• Fuel acids are neutralised. Fuel system components
have longer working life, less down-time
dispersed state.
An effective corrosion inhibitor coats all fuel system
• Demulsifies water from fuel and improves centrifugal
separation
components with a water repellent film. This ensures that
the fuel system is protected.
• Reduces corrosion in tanks and fuel lines
• Prevents filter blockage and improves injector spray
pattern
Directions for Use and Dose Rates
Ideally, Fuelcare should be dosed directly into the bunker
• Limits sludge and tank bottom deposits, maintains a
cleaner fuel system
tank prior to bunkering. However, it can be introduced to
the settling tank or during transfer from storage. Dosage
• Can be used as a cleaner for pre-heaters, burner tips,
fuel filters, etc.
rates are best determined from the results of fuel
analysis, i.e. sediment content or compatibility test which Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
is easily performed on board using the Compatibility Test this product
Kit.
ASTM SPOT 1 2 3 4* 5* For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Sediment % 0.05 or less 0.05 0.1 0.2* 0.5 or over*
DOSE RATE **1:8000 1:4000 1:2000 1:500 1:200 Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
* Avoid using this fuel if possible.
any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
** Fully compatible blends, with a sediment percentage
product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
of less than 0.05, should not require treatment for
goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
incompatibility. Marginal number 1 spots may cause
due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
sludging if the fuel is not handled carefully, so some
described herein.
treatment may be necessary, especially if other
problems such as water content or corrosion are
apparent.
If test results are not available, an initial dose of 1:5000 is

recommended, and adjustments made as necessary.
2
Marine
Chemicals
GAMABREAK
Water-in-Fuel Emulsion Breaker Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Yellow liquid
Gamabreak rapidly breaks water-in-oil emulsions in all FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
grades of fuel. It assists water removal in the settling tank COMPATIBILITY:
and fuel centrifuges. Metal: No known effect
Rubber: May swell
Product Properties Synthetic rubber: May swell
Gamabreak breaks water-in-oil emulsions by lowering the
surface tension between the two phases. It is insoluble in PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
water and remains effective even after the water has 650 571158 25 Steel
been removed. Powerful dispersants combat existing
sludge formations while homogenising the fuel to prevent Features,Benefits and Applications
new sludge from being formed. Centrifugal separation of
catalyst fines is improved, reducing abrasion damage.
• Rapidly breaks water-in-oil emulsions
The homogenising action of Gamabreak keeps heavy fuel
• Improves separator efficiency
particles in suspension, therefore fuel filters block less
• Prevents sludge formation in tanks and lines
frequently, tanks and lines remain cleaner, and in general, Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
fuel systems maintenance is minimised. Consequently, a this product
greater proportion of supplied fuel is available for
combustion. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Direction for Use and Dose Rates
Dose into the bunker tank prior to, or during bunkering. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Allow the product to mix well with the fuel. If fuel analysis company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
is available, the dosage should be based on the water any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
content, as per the following table. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Water %Vol 0.5-1.0 1.0-2.0 Above 2.0 goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Dose rate 1:4000 1:2000 1:1000 to 1:500 described herein.
If no analysis is available either from a laboratory or Unitor

water-in-oil test kit, use an initial dose rate of 1:4000 and
adjust according to the results obtained.
3
Marine
Chemicals
BIOCONTROL MAR-71
Fuel Oil Biocide Features, Benefits and Applications
• Kills micro organisms in fuel oil
Product description • Keeps filters and nozzles free from clogging
Biocontrol Mar-71 is a specially designed liquid biocide • Prevents corrosion in fuel systems
against micro organisms contaminating fuel storage tanks • Is not harmful to metal and synthetic rubber
and systems. These micro organisms can cause • Does not form corrosive combustion products
corrosion, clog filters and nozzles and degrade the • No cases have been reported where bacteria have
properties of the fuel. Biocontrol Mar-71 is effective in become immune to Biocontrol Mar-71
layers between water and oil where the bacteria growth
is most active. Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
this product
Directions for Use
Biocontrol Mar-71 is self dispersing and can therefore be For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
added directly to the fuel tank. The preventive dose rate is to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
0.3 Itr per ton of fuel but in strongly infected fuels the
dose rate should be 3 Itr per ton of fuel. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
In case of lube oil contamination, see product data sheet company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
for MAR 71. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Product Properties goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
DENSITY In g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.9 described herein.
FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
COMPATIBILITY:
Rubber: No known effect
Synthetic rubber: No known effect
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container

650 571257 25 Steel
4
Marine
Chemicals
DUAL PURPOSE PLUS
Fuel Combustion Catalyst Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Dark brown liquid
Dual Purpose Plus is a concentrated combustion improver FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
for heavy fuel oils. It also has fuel conditioning properties. COMPATIBILITY:
Product Properties Rubber: May swell
The catalysts in Dual Purpose Plus react with heavy fuel Synthetic rubber: May swell
particles during combustion. The fuel ignition temperature
is reduced, resulting in increased combustion efficiency PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
with less carbon left to form smoke and soot. Engine and 650 571166 25 Steel
exhaust system are kept cleaner with longer service life 650 571182 210 Steel
and less maintenance.
Features,Benefits and Applications
Anti-polymerisation agents inhibit sludge formation, while
dispersants stabilise the fuel. This results in a cleaner fuel
• Improves combustion
system and better fuel flow, giving improved fuel
• Reduces carbon/ash deposits
atomisation and greater combustion efficiency.
• Limits soot formation and smoke emissions
• Overall improvement in fuel combustion and economy
Sulphuric acid corrosion caused by condensing exhaust
• Minimises cold-end corrosion of exhaust trunking,
uptakes, cylinder liners, valve stems, etc.
gases may be seen in any of the cooler parts of the boiler
or engine system. Typical problem areas are cylinder Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
liners (clover-leaf corrosion), valve stems and funnel this product
uptakes. Dual Purpose Plus catalytically inhibits the
formation of acid gases. This reduces the amount of acid For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
present, thereby reducing acid corrosion. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Directions for Use and Dose Rates Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Dual Purpose Plus is completely oil-soluble and should be company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
added via a metering pump into the suction side of the any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
booster pump. Alternatively, it can be added into the product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
settling tank. If so, the dose rate should be increased by goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
10%. As a general guide, the average dosage should be due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
1:4000. Alterations can then be made according to described herein.
operating experience and results obtained.
Where fuel analysis for Micro Carbon Residue, (MCR) is
available, dose according to the table below:
MCR% 10 12 14 16 18
DOSE RATE 1:4000 1:3000 1:2500 1:2000 1:1000
Dual Purpose Plus can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treatment

Dosing Unit, product No 664 619353.
5
Marine
Chemicals
BURNAID
Organic Combustion Improver Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Clear, pale yellow liquid
Burnaid is a concentrated organic combustion improver. It FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
contains no metals and can be used in diesel engines and COMPATIBILITY:
boilers. Metal: No known effect
Rubber: May swell
The organic compounds in Burnaid promote improved
combustion by reacting with fuel particles, thus lowering PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
ignition temperatures. The result is less carbon deposits, 650 604405 25 Steel
soot and smoke. Engine and boiler combustion surfaces 650 604397 210
are kept cleaner.
Features, Benefits and Applications
Sludge formation is inhibited through the action of
anti-polymerization agents. Fuel stability is improved
• Improves combustion
through the action of solvents and dispersants. The
• Reduces carbon deposits
results are improved combustion efficiency and fuel
• Limits soot formation
atomization.
• Limits smoke emissions
• Reduces corrosion in tanks and fuel lines
• Conditions sludge in fuel
Burnaid is completely oil soluble. The initial dosage rate is
• Improves fuel stability
one litre to five tons of fuel. Actual dosage rates will be
• Contains no metals
dependent on fuel quality and operating experience.
• Reduces the demand for excess air in boilers
Burnaid should be added via a metering pump. If no
• Improves boiler efficiency
metering pump is available, use the suction manometer Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
on the transfer pump as the dosage point. For diesel eng- this product
ines and boilers, Burnaid should be dosed during transfer
from storage to the settling tank. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Where fuel analysis for Micro Carbon Residue (MCR) is
available, or where CCAI values are known, dose Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
according to the following table: company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
MCR % 8 9 10 12 any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Dose Rate 1:8000 1:7000 1:6000 1:5000 goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
CCAI 835 840 845 850 due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
Dose Rate 1:8000 1:7000 1:6000 1:5000 described herein.
Burnaid can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treatment Dosing Unit,

product No 664 619353.
6
Marine
Chemicals
DIESELITE
Combination Combustion Catalyst / Ash Modifier Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Dark brown liquid
Dieselite is a multi-functional fuel treatment containing FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
combustion catalysts and ash modifiers. It is intended for COMPATIBILITY:
use in diesel engines and boilers burning residual fuels. Metal: No known effect
Rubber: May swell
Carbon residue formation during combustion is inhibited
by catalysts that lower the ignition temperature of heavy PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
asphaltenic particles. The combustion time is 650 571224 25 Steel
consequently increased, leading to a reduction of tar
deposits and carbonaceous firescale. Features, Benefits and Applications
Ash modifiers combine with fuel combustion ash to raise
the sinter and melting points of the ash above the engine
• Reduces smoke, soot and carbon deposits
or boiler normal operating temperatures. High
• Raises the melting point of sodium vanadium fuel ash
to reduce high temperature corrosion and ash deposits
temperature corrosion is minimised, reducing
maintenance and extending service life. The majority of
• Cold-end corrosion reduced by inhibiting acid flue gas
ash formed is ejected with the exhaust gases in a fine,
• Extends service life of engine components
solid state, and any ash remaining in the exhaust system Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
is easily removed by light brushing. this product
The conversion of fuel sulphur to potentially corrosive
sulphur trioxide gas is also inhibited. Sulphur trioxide For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
reacts with condensed steam in the exhaust trunking, to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
funnel uptakes and other cooler zones to form sulphuric Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
acid. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Dieselite is a wide spectrum additive intended for any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
continuous use. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Directions for Use and Dose Rates due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
For best results, Dieselite should be dosed automatically described herein.
using a metering pump to dose into the fuel feed line as
near to the injector or burner pump as possible. Where
Micro Carbon Residue (MCR) or vanadium/sodium
analysis is available, use the following table:
DOSE RATE: 1 Itr Dieselite per: x tons of fuel, see chart.

Vanadium
ppm 50 100 150 200 300 400
Tons of fuel
25 3 3.5 2.5 2 1 1
35 2 3.5 2.5 2 1 1
Sodium 50 2 3 2.5 2 1 1
ppm 65 1.5 2 2 2 1 1
75 1.5 2 1.5 2 1 1
85 1 2 1 2 1 1
100 1 2 1 2 1 1
MCR% 10 12 14 16 18
Dose 1:4000 1:3000 1:2500 1:2000 1:1000
Example: A fuel contains 65 ppm Sodium and 150 ppm Dieselite can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treatment Dosing
Vanadium. The dose rate should Unit, product No 664 619353.
therefore be: 1 Itr Dieselite per 2 tons of fuel (1:2000)
If no analysis is available, use an initial dose rate of 1:4000

and adjust according to the results obtained.
7
Marine
Chemicals
VALVECARE
Fuel Oil Ash Modifier Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Pale coloured liquid
Valvecare is specifically intended for treatment and FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
reduction of corrosive deposits formed on exhaust valve COMPATIBILITY:
seats and turbocharger components. Metal: No known effect
Rubber: May swell
Valvecare physically modifies fuel ash, raising the sinter Synthetic rubber: May swell
and melting points of the ash above the normal engine
operating temperatures. Modified ash particles are solid, PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
small and non-adhesive and are ejected with the exhaust 650 571190 25 Steel
gas stream. Valve seatings remain intact as ash deposits
on valve seats are reduced. Guttering is minimised and Features, Benefits and Applications
valve cone and seat lives are extended, allowing for
• Raises the melting point of sodium vanadium ash and
greater time between overhauls. Turbocharger and reduces high temperature corrosion and guttering
exhaust system fouling is controlled as the ash particles • Keeps exhaust valves and turbochargers cleaner
in the gas stream are less adhesive. Exhaust systems • Reduces the amount of ash deposits throughout the
remain cleaner and any ash that is formed is friable and exhaust system
easily removed by conventional methods such as • Extends service life of exhaust valves and extends the
brushing. service interval for water or granulate washing of
Another advantage found with Valvecare is acid turbocharger blades
reduction. Vanadium in the fuel has a catalytic action, • Valvecare has been specially formulated to combat
increasing the conversion from sulphur dioxide to sulphur exhaust valve burning and erosion problems associa-
trioxide during combustion. The sulphur trioxide then ted with sodium and vanadium contamination of poor
reacts with steam in the exhaust system, increasing the quality heavy residual fuels
dew point to form sulphuric acid. Valvecare keeps the
complex vanadium and sodium ash compounds in a solid, Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
non-molten state, inhibiting fused salt corrosion. this product
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Directions for Use and Dose Rates to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Valvecare should be dosed either directly into the service
tank or by automatic metering into the suction side of the Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
booster pumps. Typical dose rates vary between 1:1000 company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
and 1:5000 depending on the nature and severity of the any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
problem. Use the table below for optimum dosage. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
described herein.
DOSE: 1 Itr. Valvecare per: x tons of fuel, see chart.

Vanadium
ppm 50 100 150 200 300 400 500
Tons of fuel
5 4 5 3.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
35 2.5 5 3.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
Sodium 50 2.5 4 3 2.5 1.5 1 1
ppm 65 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
75 2 2.5 2 2.5 1.5 1 1
85 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
100 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1 1
Example: A fuel contains 50 ppm Sodium and 150 ppm Vanadium.

The dose rate should therefore be: 1 Itr Valvecare per 3 tons of fuel (1:3000)
Valvecare can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treatment Dosing Unit,
product No. 664 619353.
8
Marine
Chemicals
SOOT REMOVER
Soot Deposit Remover Diesel Engines
Product Description Fuel Consumption Dose Rate

Soot Remover is a dry powder compound formulated for tons/day kg/day
safe removal of soot and deposits from boilers and diesel 10 1.5
engine exhaust systems. 20 3.0
30 3.5
Product Properties 40 4.0
If deposits are allowed to form on heat exchangers, the 50 4.5
loss of efficiency can be directly related to extra fuel
consumption. A 1 mm deposit is approximately Product Properties
equivalent to a 10% efficiency loss, a 3 mm deposit can APPEARANCE: Blue green powder
reduce efficiency by up to 50%. The normal ignition DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.2-1.4
temperature of soot is around 600°C. This means that it is FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Not applicable
burned only in the hottest parts of the boiler or diesel COMPATIBILITY:
exhaust systems. Due to the catalytic action of Soot Metal: If moist, may attack mild
Remover, the ignition temperature of the soot/deposit is steel, iron and aluminium
reduced to less than 280°C. The carbon deposits are thus Rubber: No known effect
ignited, leaving an easily removed ash.
PACKAGING: Product No. (in kg) Container
The use of Soot Remover not only provides greater fuel
efficiency, but also prevents acid formation in areas 650 571240 25 Steel
where severe corrosion could result in expensive
damage, i.e. heat exchangers, superheaters, Features, Benefits and Applications
economisers, exhaust paths/stacks. • Reduces soot and slag deposits
• Reduces cold-end corrosion
Directions for Use and Dose Rates • Improves heat transfer
Soot Remover should be introduced to the boiler through • Increases boiler efficiency
a suitable port, preferably with a blower, ensuring that the • Assists soot blowing
powder is spread through the flame path towards the
Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
back of the combustion chamber.
this product
For Diesel engines, inject Soot Remover directly into the
exhaust system upstream of the area to be treated.
Soot Remover is preferably dosed using Unitor's
Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
FIXED INJECTOR, product No. 664 572073 and/or
Portable Injector, product No. 664 572065.
Boiler
Steam Raised Fuel use Dose Rate due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
tons/hour tons/day kg/day described herein.
3 5.5 1.0
6 11 2.0
9 16 3.0
12 21 3.5
15 27 4.0
23 41 4.5
31 55 5.0
46 82 5.5
62 110 6.5
9
Marine
Chemicals
SOOT REMOVER LIQUID
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Soot Prevention Diesel Engines
Product Description Fuel Consumption Dose Rate

Soot Remover Liquid is formulated for effective tons/day kg/day
prevention of soot and firescale deposits from boilers and 10 1.5
diesel engine exhaust systems. 20 3.0
30 3.5
Product Properties 40 4.0
If firescale is allowed to form on heat exchangers, the 50 4.5
loss of efficiency can be directly related to extra fuel
consumption. A 1 mm deposit is approximately equiva- Product Properties
lent to a 10% efficiency loss, a 3 mm deposit can reduce APPEARANCE: Clear blue liquid
efficiency by up to 50%. The normal ignition pH: 3
temperature of soot is around 600°C. This means that it is Solubility in water: 100 %
burned only in the hottest parts of the boiler or diesel DENSITY, g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.12
exhaust systems. Due to the catalytic action of Soot FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Not applicable
Remover Liquid, the ignition temperature of the COMPATIBILITY:
soot/firescale is reduced to less than 250°C. The carbon
deposits are thus ignited, leaving an easily removable PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
ash. The use of Soot Remover Liquid not only provides
650 624627 25 Plastic drum/keg
greater fuel efficiency, but also prevents acid formation in
areas where severe corrosion could result in expensive
damage, i.e. heat exchangers, superheaters,
economisers, exhaust paths/stacks. • For the prevention of soot and firescale deposits in
diesel engine and boiler exhaust systems
Directions of Use and Dosage Rates
• For reduction of cold-end corrosion where surface
temperatures are lower than the dew point of the
Soot Remover Liquid should be introduced to the exhaust gases
boiler through a suitable port, preferably with an injector, • Reduce soot and slag deposit
ensuring that the liquid is spread through the flame path • Reduces cold-end corrosion
toward the back of the combustion chamber. For Diesel • Improves heat transfer
engines, inject Soot Remover Liquid directly into the • Increases boiler efficiency
exhaust system upstream of the area to be treated. • Aids soot blowing
Soot Remover Liquid should be injected with the
following dosing equipment: Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Manual Dosing Unit: Product no. 664 625194 this product
Automatic Dosing Unit: Product no. 664 711358
Boiler to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Steam Raised Fuel use Dose Rate
tons/hour tons/day kg/day Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
3 5.5 1.0 any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
6 11 2.0 product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
9 16 3.0 goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
12 21 3.5 due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
15 27 4.0 described herein.
23 41 4.5
31 55 5.0
46 82 5.5
62 110 6.5
10
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
11
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
12
Cleaning,
Maintenance
and Biochemicals
Marine
Chemicals
CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE

CARGO TANK/HOLD
Cargo tank cleaning after mineral oils Solvent emulsion Seaclean Plus
Coldwash HD
Cargo tank cleaning after drying, semi- Saponifying and detergents Alkleen Liquid
drying and non-drying natural oils and Alkleen S. Liquid
fats Aquatuff
Cargo tank cleaning after petrochemi- Detergents Alkleen S. Liquid

cals and light hydrocarbons Aquatuff
Cargo tank cleaning after general che- Refer to Tank Cleaning Manual Product choice depends on type of
mical cargoes cargo, please consult UNITOR
Tank Cleaning Manual
Fuel and lobe oil tank cleaning Tank cleaners for Rock&Roll cleaning Seaclean Plus
method
Hydrocarbon gas-freeing Following normal or specific cleaning, Alkleen Liquid

wash with water based cleaner solution Alkleen S. Liquid
Enviroclean
Cargo hold cleaning Water based cleaner Aquatuff

Aquabreak PX
Cleaning chemicals run off from Combine alkaline cleaners with a foam Foam-agent
vertical surfaces additive
Cargo tank/hold sanitising and deodori- Wash with water based cleaner soluti- Alkleen Liquid
zing on Alkleen S. Liquid
Enviroclean
Oil spills on sea, in harbors, beaches Low toxic, biodegradable oil spill dis- Seacare OSD
and rocky shores persants Seacare Ecosperse
Seacare EPA
Removal of small oil spills on board Sorbents + cleaning Unitor Sorbents

Seacare OSD
Aquabreak PX
Cleaning and upgrading of coatings Special purpose organic liquid Zinc Coat Conditioner
Light cement stains Liquid detergent containing strong in- Metal Brite
organic acid Metal Brite HD
Solidified cement Clean with a solution of inorganic Descaling liquid

inhibited acid
Rust removal/metal surface brightener Clean with a solution of inorganic Metal Brite
inhibited acid Metal Brite HD
White residue from epoxy-coating Clean with a solution of inorganic Metal Brite
(after carriage of fatty acids etc.) inhibited acid Metal Brite HD
Cleaning of reefer containers and Water based cleaner and desinfectant Reefer Cleaner
reefer cargo holds
Removal of sediments, silts and mud Special purpose polymer Mud & Silt Remover
from ballast tanks
13
Marine
Chemicals
ENGINE ROOM
Cleaning of bilges, machinery spaces, Self-splitting solvent based cleaner Cleanbreak

bulkheads, tank tops and any oil/grease
soiled areas
Cleaning fuel/lube oil filters Ultrasonic bath Aquabreak PX

Unitor USC
Enviroclean
Cleaning machinery parts Ultrasonic bath Aquabreak PX

Unitor USC
Enviroclean
Degreasing marine diesel engine coo- Solution of solvent emulsion cleaners Seaclean Plus
ling water systems
Removal of grease and carbon based Special purpose cleaner Air Cooler Cleaner
deposits from turbocharges and from ACC Plus
the air side of air coolers or heat ex- Carbon Remover
changers Carbonclean LT
Cleaning the oil side of the lube and Solvent emulsion cleaners of fuel oil Seaclean Plus
fuel oil heat exchangers treatment compound Fuel Care
Removal of water scale from heat ex- Inhibited acid cleaners Descaling Liquid
changers and boilers Descalex
Cleaning of separator disc stacks Clean with a solution of inorganic inhi- Disclean
bited acid
General removal of carbonaceous oil, Special purpose solvents Air Cooler Cleaner
varnish and grease residue ACC Plus
Carbon Remover
Carbonclean LT
Removal and passivation of rust and Use of a solution of inorganic inhibited Metal Brite
oxidation from ferrous and non-ferrous acid Metal Brite HD
metals
Cleaning of new boilers and cooling Special purpose water based cleaner Commissioning Cleaner
systems
Cleaning electrical apparatus Ultrasonic bath Electrosolv-E
Effluent treatment De-emulsification + flocculation Bilge Water Flocculant
DECK
Brightening up wooden decks Special powder based product Teak Renewer
Rust stains from painted, ceramic and Clean with a solution of inorganic Metal Brite
wooden surfaces inhibited acid Metal Brite HD
Oxide stains on brass, aluminium and Clean with a solution of inorganic Metal Brite
stainless steel inhibited acid Metal Brite HD
Light rust removal Clean with a solution of inorganic Metal Brite

inhibited acid Metal Brite HD
14
Marine
Chemicals
Heavily rust removal Liquid detergent containing strong Descaling Liquid

inorganic acid
Paintwork cleaning Wash with water based cleaner H.P. Wash

solution Aquabreak PX
Fore&Aft
Metal Brite
ACCOMODATION
General shipboard cleaning General purpose water based cleaners H.P. Wash
Aquabreak PX
Fore&Aft
Uniwash
General accommodation cleaner General purpose water based cleaners Aquabreak PX

Fore&Aft
Uniwash
Carpets cleaning (spot + deodorizing) Odor eliminator + cleaning through Gamazyme BOE
microbial activity
Carpet cleaning Special water based cleaner Carpet Cleaner
Cleaning bathrooms Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme MSC
Descaling of toilet bowls, drain and pipes Special acid and bacteria based product Gamazyme Toilet Descaler
Cleaning toilets Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme BTC
GALLEY
Removal of odor from garbage and Odor eliminator + cleaning through Gamazyme BOE
waste collection areas microbial activity
Floor cleaning - fat elimination/reduced Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme FC

slippage and increased safety in galley
area
Cleaning of reefer rooms Water based cleaner and desinfectant Reefer Cleaner
General cleaning General purpose water based cleaners Fore&Aft

Uniwash
Gamazyme MSC
MISCELLANEOUS
Sewage treatment Flocculation + dewatering Bilge Water Flocculant
Foaming in sewage and waste systems Non-silicone defoamer Defoamer Concentrate
Low biological activity in sewage treat- Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme 700 FN
ment plants and systems
Grease accumulation in drain lines, Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme Digestor
grease traps and floor drains
Loosen corroded parts as nuts, bolts etc. High speed penetrating oil Penetron Plus
*) Bag in a box (Cruise)
15
Marine
Chemicals
COLDWASH HD
Heavy duty degreaser Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Clear brown liquid
Coldwash HD is a heavy duty degreaser based on FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
petroleum solvents, emulsifying agents and surfactants. pH, conc. at 20 °C: N/A
COMPATIBILITY:
Applications Metal: No known effect
This product is excellent for use on soiled surfaces, bilges Rubber: May swell
and machinery parts. Sythetic rubber: May swell
Directions for use and dose rates PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
This degreaser can be applied neat with a brush, by hand 651 571430 25 Steel
spray, immersion, soaking etc. The contact- or soaking 651 571455 210 Steel
time should be between 15 minutes to 2 hours before
washing off with hot or cold water. Hot water will Features, Benefits and Applications:
improve the result of the cleaning. • Splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase for
reclamation
Spot cleaning • Powerful degreaser with quick penetration and good
Coldwash HD can be sprayed neat onto surfaces to be emulsifying properties
cleaned. The contact time should be at least 30 minutes • The emulsifying agents in this product are biological
or up to 2 hours if time allows. Bulkheads/walls can be degradable
washed down by use of high pressure cleaning machines. • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
The best result is achieved with hot water between estrogenic compounds
60-80°C. • Effective on mineral oils and petroleum based
residues
Spray method • Safe to use on most metal surfaces and painted
Spray Coldwash HD neat onto soiled surfaces. The surfaces
contact time should be between 15-30 minutes, and then • Removes oil contamination from machinery, engine
parts and bilges
wash off with water. To clean stubborn deposits,
mechanical agitation such as scrubbing will improve the • Soak cleaning of machinery parts
cleaning.
• Rapid rinsing, leaves clean and oil-free surfaces
Soak method
this product
Immerse the parts to be cleaned into a bath of neat
Coldwash HD for 30 minutes, and then wash off with
water.
Circulation method
Cleaning of equipment such as lube oil heat exchangers,
fuel oil preheaters and filters can be accomplished by
circulating undiluted Coldwash HD.
described herein.
16
Marine
Chemicals
SEACLEAN
Cleaner for Cargo and Double Bottom Tanks The Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no 613807 - is recom-
mended to be used.
Product Description 1. Disconnect the heat exchanger’s oil inlet and outlet, drain
Seaclean is a highly concentrated tank cleaner based on off any remaining oil.
petroleum solvents, emulsifying agents and surfactants. 2. Connect the discharge side of the Chemical Cleaning Unit
Applications (CCU) to the lower heat exchanger connection and fit the
Seaclean is formulated for cleaning double bottom, deep and return to the CCU.
wing tanks etc. used for fuel oils. 3. Add the required solution to the drum and use the
installed heater or live steam. Raise the temperature of
Directions for Use and Dose Rates the cleaning solution between 65-75°C. Maintain the
Rock and Roll method temperature throughout the cleaning operation. Cleaning
Cleaning of double bottom tanks during voyages. without heating will extend the cleaning operation.
1. Heat the remaining fuel in tank, trimming the vessel as 4. Circulate the solution for 12-15 hours. When the
required to assist in stripping tank. cleaning is completed, drain the cleaning solution.
2. Flush tank with sea water, stripping constantly. 5. Connect a fresh water supply to the upper heat
3. After flushing, ensure all suction and discharge valves in exchanger connection, and rinse until the water runs
the engine room are closed. clean from the lower connection. Flush thoroughly with
4. Dose the tank with Seaclean through sounding pipe or fresh water.
manhole, between 0.5-1 litre per 1000 litres of water, for 6. When rinsing is completed, disconnect the water supply
75-80% of capacity of tank to be cleaned. and thoroughly drain and dry the heat exchanger.
5. Fill tank to 25% capacity with sea water, raise the
For heavy carbonised deposits, see Product Data
temperature up to 60°C maximum, and maintain this
Sheet for Carbon Remover.
temperature for 24 hours.
6. Top up tank to 75-80% capacity with sea water, Product Properties
continue to heat for 48 to 72 hours. APPEARANCE: Light brown liquid
7. Discharge and strip tank. Fill to 50-60% capacity DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.9
with sea water and allow 2 hours rinsing time. FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
8. Discharge tank and strip, flushing tank with sea water for pH, conc. at 20°C: N/A
2 hours, stripping continuously. When completed, inspect COMPATIBILITY:
tank to ascertain if second cleaning is required. If so: Metal: No known effect
9. Add second dose of Seaclean, fill tank with sea water to Rubber: May swell
75-80% capacity and raise the temperature to 60°C ma- Sythetic rubber: May swell
ximum. Maintain this for 48 to 72 hours. In calm seas lea-
ve solution in tank for as long as possible and recirculate.
10. Discharge and strip tank, flush with sea water, 652 571406 25 Steel
stripping continuously for 2 hours.
11. To gas-free, fill tank with sea water to overflow through Features, Benefits and Applications
vents and sounding pipes, discharge and strip completely. • Highly concentrated tank cleaner with quick penetration
ROCK AND ROLL CLEANING DOSAGE CHART and emulsifying properties.
Fuel Oil Viscositry Centistokes at 50°C SEACLEAN per ton of water
• The emulsifying agents in this product are biological
degradable.
1st Stage 2nd Stage • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
Over 320 1 litre 1 litre estrogenic compounds.
180 to 320 1 litre 0,75 litre • Can be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of double botom,
30 to 180 0,75 litre - deep and other fuel oil tanks at sea.
Up to 30 0,5 litre - • Can also be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of crude and
refined mineral oil cargo tanks.
Recirculation method - for tank cleaning machines
It is recommended to use a solution of 0.5-3% i.e. 5 to 30 li-
• Can be used for general removal of oil and grease from
soiled surfaces.
tres per ton wash water mixed in the tank to be
cleaned. The washing solution is usually 5-10% of the tank ca-
• Economical - very low dosage rates.
pacity. The best result is achieved when the washing Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using this
solution is heated to between 65-80°C. product
The dose rates and results of the cleaning may vary
For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
depending on amount of contamination and number of tanks
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
to be cleaned with this solution.
After cleaning, slop water should be pumped ashore or to Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
ship´s slop tanks. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
For full cleaning instructions for various types of cargo, please any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
consult the UNITOR Tank Cleaning Manual. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Cleaning of the oil side of the Lube Oil Heat Exchangers.
Cleaning is best achieved by the recirculation method using a
heated 20% solution of Seaclean. described herein.
17
Marine
Chemicals
SEACLEAN PLUS
Tank Cleaner and Degreaser 9. Discharge tank and strip, flushing tank with sea water
for 2 hours, stripping continuously. When completed,
Product Description inspect tank to ascertain if second cleaning is
Seaclean Plus is a modern low-toxic, biodegradable sol- required. If so:
vent based product. It meets IMO’s requirements regar- 10. Add second dose of Seaclean Plus, fill tank to 75-80%
ding safety and pollution hazards of chemicals. capacity with sea water and raise the temperature to
60°C maximum. Maintain this for 48-72 hours. In
Applications calm seas recirculate the solution in tank as long as
This product is excellent as a tank cleaner and degreaser. possible.
11. Discharge and strip tank, flush with sea water,
Directions for Use and Dose Rates stripping continuously for 2 hours.
12. To gas-free, fill tank with sea water to overflow
Direct injection method - for tank cleaning machines through vents and sounding pipes, discharge and
The dose rate should be between 0.1-2% i.e. 1-20 strip completely.
litres per ton wash water.
ROCK AND ROLL CLEANING DOSAGE CHART
Recirculation method - for tank cleaning machines Fuel Oil Viscosity Centistokes at 50°C SEACLEAN PLUS per ton of water
It is advised to use a solution of 0.5-3% i.e. 5-30 1st Stage 2nd Stage
litres per ton wash water mixed in the tank to be cleaned. Over 320 1 litre 1 litre
The washing solution is usually 5-10% of the tank 180 to 320 1 litre 0.75 litre
capacity. 30 to 180 0.75 litre -
Up to 30 0.5 litre -
Dose rates and results will vary depending on
contamination, the temperature of the cleaning solution, For full cleaning instructions for various types of cargo,
and number of tanks to be cleaned with the solution. Best please consult the Tank Cleaning Manual.
results are obtained when water is heated to a
temperature between 65-80°C. Degreasing Marine Diesel Engine Cooling Water
Systems
Spot cleaning (This method can only be used when engine is out of service)
Seaclean Plus can be sprayed neat onto tank surfaces to 1. Drain the cooling system and flush with water.
be cleaned. The contact time should be at least 30 2. Refill engine with water adding 20 litres Seaclean
minutes. Bulkheads/walls can be washed down by use of Plus per 1000 litres cooling water.
tank washing machines or high pressure cleaning 3. Circulate the solution through the system and heat
machines. The best result is achieved with hot water until a temperature of about 60°C.
between 60-80°C. Slops should be constantly stripped 4. Continue circulation of the solution through the
from the tank and transferred to a holding tank or pumped system for a minimum of 5 hours.
ashore to slop tanks. 5. Drain engine and check the cleaning result. Repeat
cleaning procedure if necessary.
Rock and Roll method 6. When cleaning is completed, drain the system, and
1. Cleaning of double bottom tanks during voyages. thoroughly flush with clean water. Refill while adding
2. Heat the remaining fuel in the tank, trimming the an anticorrosion treatment such as Dieselguard NB or
vessel as required to assist in stripping tank. Rocor NB Liquid.
3. Flush tank with sea water, stripping constantly.
4. After flushing, ensure all suction and discharge valves Seaclean Plus can also be used for local cleaning and
in the engine room are closed. degreasing in engine rooms and on deck. It can be applied
5. Dose tank with Seaclean Plus through the sounding by brush, hand spray, immersion soaking or any other
pipe or manhole between 0.5 - 1 litre per ton of conventional means. Apply undiluted onto soiled surfaces
water, for 75-80% of capacity of tank to be cleaned. and allow a contact time of 15-30 minutes before
6. Fill tank to 25% capacity with sea water, raise the rinsing off with water.
temperature up to 60°C and maintain this for 24
hours. Soak method
7. Top up tank to 75-80% capacity with sea water and Immerse heavily soiled parts into bath of undiluted
continue to heat for 48-72 hours. Seaclean Plus, medium to light soiled parts may be
8. Discharge and strip tank. Fill to 50-60% capacity with cleaned in a 10-30% solution in water. Parts should be
sea water and allow 2 hours rinsing time. soaked for at least 30 minutes before washing off with
water.
See also next page
18
Marine
Chemicals
Spray method Features, Benefits and Applications

Spray Seaclean Plus undiluted onto soiled areas. Allow • Highly concentrated tank cleaner with quick penetrati-
between 15-30 minutes of penetration time before on and powerful emulsifying properties
rinsing off with water. • The emulsifying agents in this product are biological
degradable
Product Properties • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
APPEARANCE: Clear pale yellow liquid. estrogenic compounds
DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.8 • Versatile, can be used for a wide range of applications.
FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61 • Easy to use by any conventional means
pH, conc. at 20 °C: N/A • Can be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of double
COMPATIBILITY: bottom, deep, and fuel oil tanks at sea
Metal: No known effect • Can also be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of
Rubber: No known effect crude and refined mineral oil cargo tanks
Sythetic rubber: No known effect • Can be used for degreasing and cleaning of bilge
spaces and engine rooms
• Easy rinse off, leaving clean and oil-free surfaces
652 654715 25 Steel • Safe to use on most metal surfaces, painted surfaces
652 654723 210 Steel and tank coatings
• Economical, very low dosage rates
Approvals • IMO - approved
As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
evaluated and approved by the International Maritime this product
Organisation (IMO).
Seaclean Plus was evaluated through IMO´s BLG For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Inter-sessional Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
and Pollution Hazards of Chemicals and found to meet the
Guidelines, as stated in MEPC/Circ. 305. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
described herein.
19
Marine
Chemicals
CLEANBREAK
Self-Splitting Cleaner For Engine Room and Bilges Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Clear brown liquid
Product Description DENSITY, g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.8
Cleanbreak is a degreaser containing self-splitting FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
emulsifiers.It allows the slop water to break into separate pH, conc. at 20°C: N/A
oil and water phases. Solvent based. COMPATIBILITY:
Sythetic rubber: May swell
Applications:
The main applications are for cleaning in the engine room PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
for machinery spaces, bulkheads, tank tops and on deck. 651 571497 25 Steel
651 571505 210 Steel
Cleanbreak is recommended for local cleaning and Features, Benefits and Applications
degreasing of engine rooms, bilges and tank tops. It can
be applied by brush, spray, immersion, soaking, or any
• Highly effective, economical solvent cleaner
other conventional means. Cleanbreak is used neat. Allow
• Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
estrogenic compounds
a residence time of at least 30-60 minutes where
possible, to ensure good penetration.
• Rapid penetration
• Slop emulsions break into two distinct phases
Wash down all surfaces using hot water if possible and
• Allows oil residues to be reclaimed
high pressure water jet.
• Reduces disposal costs and associated problems
• Low toxicity, non corrosive
The emulsion residue after cleaning must be allowed to
• Used for general cleaning of machinery spaces,
bulkheads, decks, tank tops and any oil/grease soiled
separate in a holding tank over sufficient time before areas
passing through an oily water separator.
• IMO-approved. Should be used where slops are
required to pass through oily water separators to meet
To achieve the best results from the splitting action of current IMO-regulations
Cleanbreak. It is important that no other type of
solvent/emulsifying cleaner is used in the engine room.
• Approved by Blohm+Voss AG for OWS type TCS/HD
• Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms
As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are this product
evaluated and approved by the International Maritime
Organisation (IMO).Cleanbreak was evaluated through For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
IMO´s BCH Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
and Pollution Hazards of Chemicals and found to meet
their requirements of paragraph 1.8.2 of the P&A Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Standards company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
described herein.
20
Marine
Chemicals
ENVIROCLEAN
Water Based Cleaner and Degreaser Enviroclean was evaluated through IMO´s BCH Working
Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of
Product Description Chemicals and found to meet their requirements of
A micro emulsion water based cleaner/degreaser. This paragraph 1.8.2 of the P&A Standards.
product is low toxic, biodegradable and safe to use. It is
Product Properties
based on natural citrus oil solvent linked with an
APPEARANCE: Orange liquid
advanced surfactant formulation.
DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0
FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: N/A
Applications
pH, conc. at 20°C: 7.5
The main applications are for cleaning and degreasing in
COMPATIBILITY:
the engine room and for deck for removal of grease, oil,
Sythetic rubber: May soften some rubber.
sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposits, dirt and
Metal: No known effect.
grime.
Rubber: May soften some rubber.
Directions for Use and Dose Rates PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
1. General cleaning 652 571380 25 Steel

Enviroclean can be used for all types of cleaning and 652 571398 210 Steel
degreasing and can be applied by brush, hand spray or
used in ultrasonic cleaning tanks. Can be used neat or
diluted from 1 part up to 15 parts of water according to • Water based degreaser.
the amount of soil to be removed. • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
estrogenic compounds.
After use as an engine room cleaner, bilge slops must be • Low-toxic.
given sufficient time to separate before passing through • Non-flammable.
an oily water separator. • Promotes a pleasant and healthy working
environment.
2. Tank cleaning • Splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase for
reclamation.
Hydrocarbon freeing after cleaning with solvent based
cleaners like Seaclean Plus and Seaclean. • Enviroclean has numerous general marine cleaning
applications including the removal of greases, oil,
sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposits, dirt and
Enviroclean can be used to clean most of the tank
grime.
coatings. If in doubt, test the cleaner on a small area of
tank coating before full scale cleaning starts. • As an engine room cleaner it is exceptional as not only
can it be used for degreasing, cleaning paint work and
carbon removal, but also for use in soak tanks,
3. Spot cleaning
ultrasonic tanks and high pressure cleaning
Enviroclean can be hand sprayed neat or diluted up to 5
equipment.
parts water and left for about 20-30 minutes before
washing off with water. • IMO-approved.
• Approved by Blohm+Voss AG for OWS type TCS/HD.
4. Recirculation method of cleaning • Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms.
Use a solution strength between 0.05-0.7% i.e. 0.5-7 Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
litres per ton wash water. This solution can be reused this product
until no longer effective.
The best results will be achieved when the wash solution to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
is heated to max. 35°C. However, there is no Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
temperature limitation for the rinse water. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
evaluated and approved by the International Maritime due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
Organisation (IMO). described herein.
21
Marine
Chemicals
SEACARE O.S.D.
Dispersing Oil Spills at Sea and in PortProduct 2. The Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food has tested this
Description product for toxicity and found it to be satisfactory at the
Seacare Oil Spill Dispersant is a biodegradable hydrocarbon based specified application rate. It has also been tested for efficiency
product with high dispersing efficiency and low toxicity. It is and safety in use by AEA Technology Pic. and similarly found to
approved as a Type I dispersant according to LR448 specifications be satisfactory.
by the Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) 3. A person who deposits in the sea a substance not for the time
former the U.K. Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF). being approved by the licensing authority for the purpose of
Se definition below. treating oil on the surface of the sea or not within the terms of
this approval, may be in breach of the terms of the Food and
DEFRA / MAFF-approval Reference No. MAFF/FEPA 90/98. Environment Protection Act, 1985.
SOAEFD-approval Reference No. FEP/DISP/2001/6. 4. A person who intends to use any substance for the purpose of
Directions for Use and Dose Rates treating oil on the surface of the sea should also consult the
Oil Spills at Sea Seacare O.S.D. is used undiluted by direct spraying Nature Conservancy Council before beginning operations.
to clean up oil spills at sea. It can be applied by hand spray, work 5. Copies of the current Continental Shelf Operations Notice
boats with mounted spray booms, or fire hoses with injectors. (CSON 7) are obtainable from the Department of Energy,
Allow some time for the oil to absorb the Seacare O.S.D. and then Petroleum Engineering Division, Thames House South,
disperse mixture by vigorous agitation using fire hoses, ship's Millbank, London SW1P 4QJ.
propeller, breaker boards towed behind work boats, etc. Further information on the use of oil spill dispersants is
Seacare O.S.D. should not be used in an area of sea of a depth less contained in the Institute of Petroleum (London) publication
than 20 metres or within one mile of such area exept in "Guidelines on the Use of Oil Spill Dispersants" 2nd Edition (1988).
accordance with the advice of the local District Inspector of Product Properties
Fisheries of Ministry or Scottish Office Agriculture, Environmental APPEARANCE: Amber liquid
and Fisheries Department (SOAEFD). DENSITY, g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.8
Oil on Beaches and Shore Line FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61
Seacare O.S.D. should be applied neat by spraying over oiled pH, conc. at 20°C: N/A
areas. Allow time for the oil to absorb the Seacare O.S.D. then COMPATIBILITY:
follow by washing down the beach or rocks, etc. Metal: No known effect.
The treatment rate depends on the type and thickness of the oil Rubber: Do not use with natural rubber compounds.
spill, also on the age and condition. Under conditions where it is a Synthetic rubber: May swell.
thin slick of oil, 1 litre of Seacare O.S.D. is enough to treat PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
approximately 10 square metres of oil. In many cases, several
applications may be necessary. 652 571562 25 Steel
652 571570 210 Steel
Oil Spill on Deck
Remove as much of the oil as possible, then spray Seacare O.S.D. Features, Benefits and Applications
over area covered by the oil and allow some time for it to be • Approved Type I dispersant according to the latest LR448
absorbed. Disperse the mixture with water by means of a fire specifications of AEA Technology Plc. covering both efficiency
hose. Depending on type of oil it may be necessary to use several and toxicity for use in dispersing oil on sea,beaches and rocks
applications. • Raised standards for operator safety in handling and use, being
Definition biodegradable and having low toxicity and a high flash point
Quote: Type I: Conventional hydrocarbon-base - for use primarily • Rapid efficient dispersal of a wide range of oil residues.
undiluted on beaches, but may also be usedundiluted from WSL Converts hydrocarbons into very fine emulsions
spray sets using breaker boards or other suitable means of • Ready to use product
application and agitation. • Disperses mineral oils, crude oils, residual fuel oils, diesel fuel
oil, kerosene, white spirit and lubricant oils
Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food • For use on oil spills that may occur during loading or
discharging of cargo or bunkers where allowed
Approval of the use of substances produced for the
purpose of treating oil on the surface of the sea • For cleaning of spills on deck, ships side, piers, wharfs, etc.
where allowed
Notes for guidance
Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using this
1. Article 3 of the Deposits in the Sea (Exemptions) Order 1985
product
as read with paragraph 21 of the Schedule to it, provides that a
licence is not needed under Part II of the Act to deposit any For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
substance produced for the purpose of treating oil on the Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
surface of the sea provided you meet the following conditions:
• The substance is one, the use of which, is for the time being
approved by the licensing authority; company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
• The substance is used in accordance with any conditions to any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
which the approval was subject; product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
• No deposits made in an area of the sea of a depth of less than goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
20 metres or within one mile of any such area, save with the due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
approval of the licensing authority; described herein.
• Similarly a licence is not needed (if conditions are satisfied) for the
loading of a vessel aircraft, hovercraft, marine structure or floating
container in England and Wales, with products for deposit for the
treatment of oil on the surface of the sea, within British Fishery
22 limits (other than waters adjacent to Scotland).
Marine
Chemicals
SEACARE ECOSPERSE
Dispersing Oil Spills at Sea and in Port Definition
Quote: Type II: Water-dilutable Concentrate - for use at
Product Description sea after dilution 1:10 with sea water and sprayed from
Seacare Ecosperse concentrated oil spill dispersant is WSL spray sets using breaker boards or other suitable
highly efficient for use on a wide range of oils. It converts means of application and agitation. Type III:
hydrocarbons into fine emulsions that are easily Concentrate - for use undiluted from aircraft, ships or on
biodegradable. This product can be used as a concentrate beaches, using appropriate spray gear.
or diluted for many types of oil clean up e.g. at sea, on
Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food
rocky shoreline and beaches. It can be applied by boat or
aerial spraying. APPROVAL OF THE USE OF SUBSTANCES PRODU-
CED FOR THE PURPOSE OF TREATING OIL ON THE
Approved as a Type II and Type III dispersant according to
SURFACE OF THE SEA
LR448 specifications by the Department for Environment,
Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) former the UK Ministry of NOTES FOR GUIDANCE
Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF). See definitions 1. Article 30 of the Deposits in the Sea (Exemptions)
below. Order 1985 as read with paragraph 21 of the Schedule
to it, provides that a licence is not needed under Part II
DEFRA / MAFF-approval Reference No. MAFF/FEPA 129/2001.
of the Act to deposit any substance produced for the
SOAEFD-approval Reference No. FEP/DISP/2001/7.
purpose of treating oil on the surface of the sea
Directions for Use and Dose Rates provided you meet the following conditions:
Oil Spills at Sea
• substance is one, the use of which, is for the time
The
being approved by the licensing authority;
Seacare Ecosperse can be used neat or diluted with sea
water. It can be applied by spray from booms on work
• The substance is used in accordance with any
conditions to which the approval was subject;
boats, hand sprayers or hoses using an injector.
• No deposit is made in an area of the sea of a depth of
Used as a Type III dispersant, (undiluted), 1 litre of Seacare less than 20 metres or within one mile of any such
Ecosperse will disperse between 20 and 30 m2 of oil de- area, save with the approval of the licensing authority;
pending on the thickness and age of oil being treated. • Similarly, a licence is not needed (if conditions are
satisfied) for the loading of a vessel, aircraft,
Used as a Type II dispersant Seacare Ecosperse can be hovercraft, marine structure or floating container in
diluted with seawater at a ratio of 1:10. Mix England and Wales, with products for deposit for the
immediately before use. 1 litre of mixture will cover treatment of oil on the surface of the sea, within
approximately 10 square metres of oil spill. The ratio can British Fishery limits (other than waters adjacent to
vary depending on the type and thickness of oil spill. At Scotland).
sea one part of mixture will disperse 2-3 parts of oil.
To minimise the damage to the environment, it is 2. The Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food has
important that a dispersant is used at an early stage of tested this product for toxicity and found it to be
the clean up operation, before weathering takes place. satisfactory at the specified application rate. It has
also been tested for efficiency and safety in use by the
The Type II/III dispersant gives greater flexibility in use AEA Technology Plc. of the Department of Trade and
with more cost effectiveness. Industry and similarly found to be satisfactory.
Aerial Spraying
Aircraft using the appropriate form of spraying equipment 3. A person who deposits in the sea a substance not for
which has been tested and found satisfactory by AEA the time being approved by the licensing authority for
Technology Plc., may spray Seacare Ecosperse over the the purpose of treating oil on the surface of the sea or
sea. Seacare Ecosperse has passed tests in accordance not within the terms of this approval, may be in breach
with the specification of the UK Ministry of Defence. of the terms of the Food and Environment Protection
Act, 1985.
Oil on beaches and shore line
Remove and reclaim as much oil as possible. Then using 4. A person who intends to use any substance for the
suitable spraying equipment, spray Seacare Ecosperse purpose of treating oil on the surface of the sea should
over the oiled areas using one part of dispersant to 7-20 also consult the Nature Conservancy Council before
parts of oil. Wash down the beach or rocks with water. beginning operations.
The quantity of product used depends on the type and
thickness of oil spilt, also on the amount of weathering of
the oil. In some cases several applications may be necessary. See also next page
23
Marine
Chemicals
5. Copies of the current Continental Shelf Operations Features, Benefits and Applications
Notice (CSON 7) are obtainable from the Department • Approved Type II/III dispersant according to the LR448
of Energy, Petroleum Engineering Division, Thames Specifications of AEA Technology Plc. covering both
House South, Millbank, London SW1P 4QJ. efficiency and toxicity for use in dispersion of oil on
sea, beaches and rocks
Further information on the use of oil spill dispersants is • Rapid efficient dispersal of wide range of oils
contained in the Institute of Petroleum (London) • Less agitation required to disperse oil compared to
publication "Guidelines on the Use of Oil Spill conventional products
Dispersants" 2nd Edition (1988). • Used neat as a Type III dispersant on heavy oil slicks
• Used diluted as a Type II on light oil slicks
Product Properties • Suitable for aerial spraying as Type II and Type III
APPEARANCE: Amber liquid • Suitable for uses on the sea, beaches and rocks
DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.9 • Low stocks required compared to Type I and III
FLASH POINT (PMCC) °C: Above 61 products
pH, conc. at 20 °C: N/A • High standards in operator safety in handling and uses,
COMPATIBILITY: due to low toxicity
Metal: No known effect • Cleaning up after spills that may occur during loading
Rubber: May swell of bunkers where allowed
Sythetic rubber: May swell • For cleaning of spills on deck, ships side, piers, wharfs,
etc., where allowed
652 575647 25 Steel this product
652 575654 210 Steel

described herein.
24
Marine
Chemicals
SEACARE EPA
Oil Spill Dispersant DISCLAIMER: Seacare EPA is on the U.S. Environmental
Product Description Protection Agency's NCP Product Schedule. This listing does
Seacare EPA (U.S. Patent 6.261.463) is an EPA reviewed, NOT mean that EPA approves, recommends,
NCP listed water based dispersant to be used on oil licenses, certifies, or authorizes the use of Seacare EPA on
discharges or oil spills in accordance with the procedures an oil discharge. This listing means only that data has been
set forth by the U.S. Coast Guard and other governmental submitted to EPA as required by subpart J of the National
agencies. Seacare EPA has been included in the NCP Contingency Plan, Sec. 300.915.
Product Schedule for use as a dispersant for oil spills.
Product Properties
Seacare EPA is a unique aqueous composition with highly BIODEGRADABILITY: Completely biodegradable
effective emulsifiers, converting hydrocarbon spills into APPERANCE: Clear viscous liquid
fine emulsions that are easily biodegradable. Seacare EPA ODOUR: Mild
DENISITY, in g/cm3 at 20°C: 0.99
has an overall effectiveness* of 73%, almost 50% better
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: 98
than the EPA requirement and conventional dispersants. pH, in conc. at 20°C: 10.0
Seacare EPA contains no hydrocarbon solvents, DILUENT: Water
nonylphenol ethoxylates or other hazardous material and HEAVY METALS: Below 2 ppm
hence is more user-friendly and has considerably less CYANIDE: None detected
aquatic toxicity** than conventional dispersants. CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS: None detected
Seacare EPA may be applied by any conventional method of 652 680819 25 Plastic
application such as boat spraying or spray boom with 652 680827 210 Steel
pressure nozzle or rotating atomizers mounted on
helicopters or airplanes. It may also be applied by hand Features, Benefits and Applications
sprayers or hoses using an injector. To minimise the
• EPA reviewed, NCP listed water dispersant
damage to the environment, it is important that the
• IBAMA approved for use in Brazil
dispersant is used at an early stage of the clean up
• Low toxicity to personnell handling it and to aquatic species.
operation, before weathering takes place.
• Environmental friendly. Completely biodegradable
Seacare EPA may be used for both fresh and sea water. The
• Rapid efficient dispersal of wide range of oils
dispersant is also effective in minimizing the volatile emissi-
• Less agitation required to disperse oil compared to
ons from the oil spill. conventional products
Seacare EPA can be used undiluted, or mixed with sea or
• Highly concentrated, low stocks required compared to
fresh water. diluted products
Light duty dispersing: • May be used for both fresh and sea water
A dispersant to oil ratio of 1 part Seacare EPA to 50 parts of • Cleaning up after spills that may occur during loading of
oil is recommended. bunkers where allowed
• For cleaning of spills on deck, ships side, piers, wharfs,
Heavy duty dispersing: etc., where allowed
A dispersant to oil ratio of 1:10-1:20 is recommended. This
rate is dependent on the type of the spill, weathering, tem- Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
perature and thickness of the slick. this product
*Effectiveness test results Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Effectiveness as per 49 CFR Part 300, using the swirling flask
method with South Louisiana and Prudhoe Bay Crude Oils. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Oil Effectiveness, % company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
South Louisiana Crude 105 any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Prudhoe Bay Crude 40 product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
South Louisiana and goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Prudhoe Bay Crudes Average 73 due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
**Toxicity Report
Product tested Species Result: LC50 (ppm)
Oil only: No. 2 Fuel Oil Acurate Menidia Bahia Acute Menidia Berylilina 48 hour 11.7 96 hour 11.6
Seacare EPA only Acurate Menidia Bahia Acute Menidia Berylilina 48 hour 16.6 96 hour 3.5
Oil and Seacare EPA (10:1 V:V) Acurate Menidia Bahia Acute Menidia Berylilina 48 hour 8.2 96 hour 7.9
Note:
This toxicity data was obtained using the concentrated product. The report concludes
that toxicity to aquatic species is reduced by the application of Seacare EPA to oil.
25
Marine
Chemicals
ALKLEEN SAFETY LIQUID
Non Caustic Alkaline Cleaner For Vegetable And Product Properties
Animal Oils APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.1
Product Description FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
Non caustic water based alkaline cleaner, containing pH, in conc. at 20°C: 13
corrosion inhibitors to prevent the corrosion of metals pH, in 1% at 20°C: 11.4
such as zinc, aluminium, copper, brass and tin. Alkleen COMPATIBILITY:
Safety Liquid minimises the hazards in handling caustic Metal: The concentrated product may
based materials. react with aluminium, zinc, tin
and their alloys.
Directions for Use and Dose Rates Rubber: May swell.
Cargo tank cleaning following discharge of drying, Synthetic rubber: May swell.
semi-drying and non drying natural oils and fats. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
As soon as possible after the cargo has been discharged, 652 571513 25 Plastic
the tanks should be flushed with cold water to prevent 652 571521 210 Steel
polymerisation and evaporation of the lighter oil fractions.
Whenever possible, the cleaning solution should be • Non-caustic
heated to 60-80°C. However, the polymerising nature of • Non-flammable
some natural oils may demand lower cleaning • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
temperatures. estrogenic compounds
• Non-corrosive to ferrous metals
The most economical method of using Alkleen Safety • Suitable for all tank-coatings
Liquid is by direct injection followed by recirculation • Can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of tanks
washing, using tank cleaning machines. If this method is • Can be used for deodorizing
not possible, hand spraying provides acceptable options. • IMO-approved
Refer to dosage table overleaf for dosage rates.
this product
As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
evaluated and approved by the International Maritime to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Organisation (IMO). Alkleen Safety Liquid was evaluated
through IMO´s BCH Working Group on the Evaluation of Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Safety and Pollution Hazards of Chemicals and found to company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
meet their requirements of paragraph 1.8.2 of the any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
P&A Standards product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
described herein.
Dosage Table
The table below gives approximate solution strengths for various cargo residues.
*Approx. recirculation
Cargo Residue Handspray Recirculation Direct Injection consumption, litres per 1000 m3
tank space
Fatty acids, fatty
alcohols
Fish oils 100% 3-5% 2-4% 180-300
Drying & semi-drying 100% 3-5% 2-4% 180-300
vegetable oils 50-100% 2-4% 1-3% 120-240
Non-drying 50-100% 2-4% 1-3% 120-240
vegetable oils
*When using the recirculation method, the tank to be cleaned is filled with water to a level that the heating coils are covered. As an average, this is
approximately 0.6% of the volume of the tank. The figures mentioned in this column are the quantity of Alkleen Safety Liquid required to obtain the
recommended solution strengths.
26
Marine
Chemicals
ALKLEEN LIQUID
Heavy Duty Alkaline Tank Cleaner Product Properties
Product Description DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.2
Alkleen Liquid is a heavy duty water based alkaline tank FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
cleaner, containing natural based detergents. For zinc pH, in conc: 13
silicate coatings use Alkleen Safety Liquid. COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: Corrosive to aluminium,
Applications magnesium, zinc and tin.
Alkleeen Liquid is a powerful cleaner for cleaning of cargo Rubber: No known effect.
tanks after discharge of drying, semi-drying and Synthetic rubber: No known effect.
non-drying natural oils and fats.
Alkleen Liquid can be used for tank sanitising and 652 571539 25 Plastic
deodorising prior to changing to foodstuffs. To achieve the 652 571547 210 Steel
high standard of cleanliness required, a final wash will be
necessary by using this product. Features, Benefits and Applications
• Reformulated with improved cleaning properties
Immediately after the cargo has been discharged, the
• Powerful alkaline tank cleaner containing detergents
tanks should be flushed with cold water to prevent
• The emulsifying agents are biological degradable
polymerisation and evaporation of the lighter oil fractions.
• Non flammable
• Non corrosive to ferrous metals and epoxy coatings
Whenever possible, the cleaning solution of 0.2-3% in
• Rapid penetration and emulsification of vegetable,
animal and fish oils
fresh water should be heated to 60-80°C. However, the
polymerising nature of some natural oils demand lower
• Rapid rinsing
cleaning temperatures.
• Removes hardened oxidised oil and grease deposits
• Used as heavy duty cargo tank cleaner following
discharge of drying, semi-drying and non-drying natu-
The most economical method to use Alkleen Liquid is by ral oils and fats
direct injection followed by recirculation washing by using
tank cleaning machines.
• Can also be used as final treatment for cleaning tank
from black to white or grain
If this method is not possible, use other methods such as
• Can be used for hydrocarbon freeing of cargo tanks
recirculation or hand spraying.
• IMO-approved

When changing refrigerated cargoes the need may arise this product
to clean holds to remove animal or vegetable fat and to
sanitise and deodorise before the next cargo. A solution For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
of 5-10% in fresh water can be used for this purpose, and to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
may be sprayed on and rinsed off by using hot water and
high pressure. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
evaluated and approved by the International Maritime goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Organisation (IMO). Alkleen Liquid was evaluated through due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
IMO´s BCH Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety described herein.
and Pollution Hazards of Chemicals and found to meet
their requirements of paragraph 1.8.2 of the
P&A Standards
27
Marine
Chemicals
FORE & AFT
Multi Purpose Biodegradable Cleaner Features, Benefits and Applications
• Biodegradable cleaner
Product Description • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
Fore & Aft is a biodegradable cleaner containing estrogenic compounds
surfactants and alkaline materials. • Non-caustic
• Non-flammable
Applications • Economical in use
Cleaning accommodation and galley areas. • Acceptable for use in the food storage areas
• Suitable for cleaning of sanitary fixtures i.e. showers,
Directions for Use and Dose Rates toilets etc.
Depending on the application, Fore & Aft can be diluted with • Can be used on windows and port holes
water in concentrations from 1-50% or used undiluted. • IMO-approved
For cleaning of public areas, such as floors, tiles, walls Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
paint work etc., it can be used in concentrations between this product
1-10% and applied by mops, spray or sponge and
rinsed off with water after the cleaning. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
For objects such as furnitures, plastics, vinyls etc.,
a concentration between 1-5% is recommended. Rinse Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
off with water after the cleaning. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Product Properties product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
APPEARANCE: Blue liquid goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.1 due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A described herein.
pH, in conc. at 20°C: 12
COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: The concentrated product may
react with aluminium, zinc, tin and
their alloys.
Rubber: No known effect.
Synthetic rubber: No known effect.

651 571554 25 Plastic
651 639054 210 Steel
28
Marine
Chemicals
H.P. WASH
Alkaline Cleaner for High Pressure Washing Features, Benefits and Applications
Machines • Reformulated with improved cleaning properties
Product Description estrogenic compounds
H.P. Wash is an alkaline cleaner with detergents and • Biodegradable cleaner
surfactants which quickly dissolve grease and dirt • Non-flammable
deposits. • Formulated for use with H.P. cleaning machines
• Rapid dispersal of a large range of oils and greases
H.P. Wash is designed for use with high pressure cleaning • Low dose rates 0.5 to 5%
machines such as Unitor High Pressure Cleaners. • Leaves a good shine on hard surfaces after cleaning
• H.P. Wash is suitable for hot or cold high pressure
Applications spray equipment
H.P. Wash is suitable for most painted surfaces and dries • Can be used for general cleaning in the engine room,
leaving a good shine. outside paint work and on the deck
• Can be used on Ro/Ro vessel car decks, for removal of
Directions for Use and Dose Rates traffic film
For high pressure cleaning, apply the cleaning agent in an • Can be used for cleaning of fish holds and process
even layer using low pressure. Allow solution to machinery onboard factory vessels
penetrate soil for about 3-5 minutes before washing off • IMO-approved
thoroughly with high pressure water. • Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms
The recommended dose rates for the application using Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
low pressure side of the cleaning machine, is between this product
0.5-5% depending on amount and type of soil.
H.P. Wash can be used by conventional cleaning using to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
brush, rag or spray at a dose rate of 5-20% in water
depending on the soiling. Allow 5 minutes for penetration, Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
then rinse off with water. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
H.P. Wash was evaluated through IMO´s BCH Working product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Chemicals and found to meet their requirements of due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
paragraph 1.8.2 of the P&A Standards. described herein.
Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Yellow liquid
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
pH, in conc at 20°C: 12
COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: In concentrated form, may react with
aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys.
Rubber: May swell natural or synthetic rubber.

651 571729 25 Plastic
29
Marine
Chemicals
UNI-WASH
General Purpose Detergent Features, Benefits and Applications
• Biodegradable detergent
Uni-Wash is a liquid detergent with good foaming estrogenic compounds
qualities. It contains wetting agents that allow rapid • Non-flammable
penetration to remove fat, oil, grease or grime. pH-neutral. • Pleasant smell
• Leaves surfaces residue free
Applications • Acceptable for use in food areas
Cleaning accommdation areas. • Suitable for accommodation cleaning of woodwork,
leather, desks etc.
Directions for Use and Dose Rates • Suitable for cleaning of toilets and showers
Depending on the degree of contamination Uni-Wash • Can be used for cleaning of dishes
shall be mixed with warm water at a dose rate of 50-200 • Can be used for cleaning of windows and port holes
ml per 10 litres, i.e. 1 cup to a bucket of water. • IMO-approved
Uni-Wash solution can be applied simply by mops, Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
brushes or rags, or dip the soiled articles into the this product
Uni-Wash solution. After cleaning, rinse off with cold or
warm water. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Due to high foaming properties, Uni-Wash is not
recommended for laundry washing machines. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Uni-Wash was evaluated through IMO´s BCH Working any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Chemicals and found to meet their requirements of goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
paragraph 1.8.2 of the P&A Standards due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
Product Properties
pH, in conc at 20°C: 8
COMPATIBILITY:

651 571745 25 Plastic
30
Marine
Chemicals
AQUABREAK PX
Multi Purpose Water-Based Degreaser Product Properties
Aquabreak PX is a multipurpose cleaning and degreasing FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
agent. It is low-toxic, non-caustic, free of hydrocarbon pH, in conc: 12
solvents and biodegradable. The surfactant formulation COMPATIBILITY:
with complex binders has a good cleaning efficiency. Dirt Metal: May attack aluminium and zinc
and oily matters is effectively removed without the use of at concentrated solution
solvents and caustic based cleaners. Rubber: No known effect.
Direction for Use and Dose Rates PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
651 575613 25 Plastic
General Cleaning 651 575605 210 Steel
Aquabreak PX can be used for all types of cleaning and
degreasing, and it can be applied by brush, hand spray or Features, Benefits and Applications
used in ultrasonic bath.
• Water based cleaner
It can be used undiluted or diluted up to 50 parts with wa-
ter according to the amount and type of soil to be removed.
• Low toxic and non-caustic
Aquabreak PX can be applied on vertical surfaces by
• Biodegradable
adding Unitor Foam-Agent (Product no. 651 614537) for
• Non-flammable
increased resident time.
• Free from hydrocarbon solvents
• Safe on all materials
Tank Cleaning
• Very effective and economical in use
Cargo tank cleaning after mineral, animal, vegetable and
• Aquabreak PX has numerous general cleaning
applications including the removal of grease, oil,
fish oil. sludge, carbon deposits and grime
Method for Application and Dose Rates
• Can be used as engine room cleaner
1. Direct injection method with tank washing machines:
• Suitable for cargo tank cleaning
Use a dose rate of 0.5-5 litres per ton wash water
• Good for use in galleys and on decks
(0.05-0.5%).
• Suitable for cleaning of soiled textiles as rugs, covers,
mats, overalls etc.
2. Recirculation method: Use a dose rate of 0.5-7 litres
per ton wash water (0.05-0.7%).
• Effectively cleans fiberglass boats
3. Spot cleaning: Hand sprayed neat or diluted up to 1-5
• IMO-approved
parts with water. Leave solution for about 20-30
minutes before washing off, but make sure the surface
• Approved by NSF
remains wet. Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
4. For problem deposits, please consult the Unitor Tank this product
Cleaning Manual.
Aquabreak PX can be used on the majority of tank coating to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
materials, painted or lacquered surfaces, light metals,
plastics and textiles. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are evaluated product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
and approved by the International Maritime Organisation goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
(IMO). due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
Aquabreak PX was evaluated through IMO´s BCH
Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and Pollution
Hazards of Chemicals and found to meet their
requirements of paragraph 1.8.2 of the P&A Standards.
31
Marine
Chemicals
AQUATUFF
General Purpose Strong Alkaline Cleaner Product Properties
Aquatuff is a heavy-duty water based alkaline cleaner. It FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
has numerous cleaning applications including removal of pH, in conc: 13
greases, waxes, vegetable and animal oils, sludge, soot, COMPATIBILITY:
carbon deposits, dirt and grime. Aquatuff is also used for Metal: The concentrated product may react
cargo hold cleaning after coal and pet coke. with aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys.
General Cleaning 651 607826 25 Plastic
Aquatuff can be used for different types of cleaning, and it 651 607827 210 Steel
can be applied by brush, hand spray, high and low
pressure washing machines etc. It can be applied on Features, Benefits and Applications
vertical surfaces by adding Unitor Foam-Agent (Product
no. 651 614537) for increased resident time.
• Heavy duty water based cleaner
Removal of soot from Inert Gas Systems (IGS)
1. Apply Aquatuff with a Unitor High Pressure Cleaning
• Biodegradable
Machine and use 1:4 with water. However, if used
• Free from hydrocarbon solvents
with a hand sprayer, apply the product neat on the
• Removal of soot deposits from inert gas systems
surfaces, allowing 1 litre per 12 m2.
• Aquatuff is most suitable for removal of wax deposits
2. Leave for about 30-45 minutes. The surface remains wet.
• It has numerous cleaning applications including remo-
val of grease, vegetable and animal oil, soot and gene-
3. Wash down with hot water (80°C) and check the results. ral dirt and grime
4. Repeat the procedure if necessary.
• Ideal for cleaning after coal and pet coke
Cargotank and cargo hold cleaning
• Effective and economical in use
Aquatuff can be used for tank cleaning after animal,
• Completely safe on epoxy coatings
vegetable and fish oil, petroleum waxes, and for cargo
• IMO-approved
hold cleaning after soot, coal, pet coke and other bulk
materials.
Method of Application and Dose Rates this product
1. Direct injection method with tank washing machines:
Use a dose rate of 1-20 litres per ton wash water For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
(0.1-2%). to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
2. Recirculation method: Use a dose rate of 1-20 litres
per ton wash water (0.1-2%). Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
3. Spot cleaning: Hand spray neat or prepare a 20% company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
solution, and leave for 20-30 minutes before rinsing off any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
with water. The surface should be kept wet. For product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
problem deposits, please consult the Unitor Tank goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Cleaning Manual. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
32
Marine
Chemicals
FOAM-AGENT
Foam Additive Features, Benefits and Applications
• Biodegradable.
Foam-agent is a water based non-flammable product. estrogenic compounds.
When using this foam additive, the cleaning efficiency of • Non-flammable.
the cleaning chemicals will be enhanced. It will also be a • Suitable for use with our water based alkaline cleaning
more economical use of the cleaning chemicals. chemicals.
• Prevents that the chemicals run off from vertical
Directions for Use and Dose Rates surfaces, and increases the resident time.
Foam-Agent can be used together with the below
mentioned water based cleaning chemicals. This makes it Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
possible to apply the chemicals as foam,and prevent that this product
the cleaning chemicals run off from vertical surfaces.
Aquatuff, Aquabreak PX, Alkleen Liquid, Alkleen Safety to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Liquid, Fore & Aft, H.P. Wash and Reefer Cleaner.
Add 50 ml Foam-Agent per 10 litres washing solution, company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
mix and apply with foam-equipment onto soiled surfaces. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Advice to follow the directions for use for the actual goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
cleaning product. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
After the cleaning process.
Defoamer concentrate Product no. 651 661843 can be
used to remove undesirable foam.
Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid
DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.05 - 1.06
pH, in conc: 8-9
COMPATIBILITY:
Synthetic rubber: No known effect.

651 614537 5 Plastic
33
Marine
Chemicals
AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM
High Foaming Alkaline Cleaner Product Properties
Aquatuff High Foam is a heavy duty alkaline cleaner with FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
good foaming qualities specially formulated for cleaning pH, in conc: 13
cargo holds on bulk carriers and OBOs. The dense foam COMPATIBILITY:
created prevents the cleaning solution from running off Metal: The concentrated product may react
vertical surfaces and thereby enhances the cleaning with aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys.
efficiency. It is water based and is safe to the Rubber: No known effect.
environment, containing only biodegradable ingredients.
It effectively removes most dry cargoes to “water white PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
standard”. Aquatuff High Foam is specially developed for 652 736991 25 Plastic
cargo hold cleaning, but may also be used for other 652 737007 210 Steel
cleaning applications where Aquatuff normally is used but
where high foam is beneficial. Features, Benefits and Applications
• Heavy Duty alkaline water based cleaner.
Cargo Hold Cleaning Aquatuff High Foam is specially
• Specially formulated for the cleaning of cargo holds.
developed to clean vertical surfaces. When applied with
the proper spray foam equipment, the dense foam
created prolongs the contact time between the cleaning
• Biodegradable.
solution and the surface to be cleaned. It effectively
• Free from hydrocarbon solvents.
removes most dry cargoes, sludge, soot, carbon deposits,
• Ideal for cleaning after coal, pet coke and other difficult
cargoes.
fish meal etc., and is used for cargo hold cleaning when
going from black to white cargo.
• Effective and economical in use.
Aquatuff High Foam should not be used on zinc coatings,
• Completely safe on epoxy coatings.
use then Aquabreak PX (Product no. 651 575613 and 651
• Complies with all environmental regulations and the
EU Detergent Regulation.
575605).
Method of Application and Dose Rates this product
1. Apply Aquatuff High Foam mixed 10 to 25% (ratio 1:9 For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to 1:3) in water, using spray foam equipment. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
2. Leave for 30 – 45 minutes. The surface remains wet.
3. Wash down with a high pressure unit. For best results, Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
direct the high pressure jet at the lowest parts of the company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
hold first and work upwards. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
4. Repeat the procedure if necessary. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
If Unitor Slip-Coat (Product no. 652 737015 and 652 due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
737023) is applied to the cargo hold surfaces prior to described herein.
loading, the concentration of Aquatuff High Foam in the
cleaning solution may be reduced.
34
Marine
Chemicals
SLIP-COAT
Temporary cargo barrier Aquatuff (Product no. 651 607826 and 651 607827)
Aquatuff High Foam (Product no. 652 736991 and 652
Product Description 737007)
Slip-Coat is a water based liquid product specially Aquabreak PX (on zinc silicate coatings, Product no. 651
formulated to leave a thin, temporary film on cargo hold 575613 and 651 607827).
surfaces. The film provides a barrier between the cargo After flushing with water, let the surfaces dry and then
and the cargo hold surfaces making the cleaning repeat the treatment with applying Slip-Coat before next
operation after unloading quicker and easier, and optimal cargo.
cleaning result is achieved. Slip-Coat is safe to the
environment and to the personnel handling it, and will not Product Properties
contaminant the cargo. It is non-corrosive and safe on all APPEARANCE: Clear, slightly viscous
coatings. liquid
How it works FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
After drying, Slip-Coat creates a thin, non-sticky film on pH, in conc: 6
the cargo hold surfaces. The film substantially facilitate COMPATIBILITY:
the cleaning before next cargo in two ways: Metal: No known effect.
1. The film fills the minute pores in the surface, and Coatings: No known effect.
prevents that small particles are trapped in the pores. Rubber: No known effect.
2. Small, solid particles can be very difficult to remove
especially from organic coatings, even with the use of PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
effective cleaning agents and high pressure water 659 737015 25 Plastic
jets. The reason is the build up of electromagnetic 659 737023 210 Steel
forces, and some times the only way to remove the
particles is by scrubbing. Slip-Coat provides a barrier Features, Benefits and Applications
between the particles and the surface that minimize
this problem, and the particles may now be removed
• Water soluble cargo hold barrier – easily removable
with water
with high pressure water only. The film is completely
water soluble and is easy to remove even with cold
• Saves cleaning time and cleaning chemicals
sea water. To avoid re-deposition of contaminants a
• Ideal when cleaning after coal, pet coke and other
difficult cargoes.
cleaning agent should be used, but at lower dosage
rates than what normally is required. Slip-Coat may
• Completely safe on all coatings.
also be sprayed on deck, superstructure and other
• Prevents even the most difficult cargo to adhere to the
coating
areas exposed to dust during loading and unloading
operations.
• Easy to apply – easy to remove
• Provides temporary protection against corrosion
• Water based – free from hydrocarbon solvents.
The cargo hold surfaces should be as clean and dry as
• Complies with all environmental regulations
possible before treatment. Slip-Coat is supplied at ready- Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
to use concentration and may be applied directly from the this product
drum. Spray the liquid on the cargo hold surfaces by the For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
use of suitable low-pressure spraying equipment. As soon to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
as the surface appears water wet, a proper film is
created; do not apply more than necessary. 1 litre Slip- Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Coat will cover 15-20 m2. Allow the film to dry completely company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
before loading the cargo. Depending on air temperature any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
and humidity this will take 1 to 2 hours. After reloading, product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
apply a 2–5% solution of a cleaning agent in water to goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
avoid re-deposition of contaminants, and finally flush with due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
clean, high pressure water. Suitable cleaning agents are: described herein.
35
Marine
Chemicals
UNIPOL
Neutral Tank Cleaning Detergent
Product Description 652 736975 25 Plastic
Unipol is a pH-neutral, liquid concentrated detergent with 652 736983 210 Steel
good cleaning qualities. It contains effective but mild and
environmentally safe wetting agents and surfactants that Test Kits, Cleaning & Dosing Equipment Cleaning &
allow rapid penetration to remove fats and oils. Unipol is Maintenance -Problem & Solution Summary
especially suitable for hydrocarbon freeing of tanks, and is
safe on all tank coatings including zinc silicate. Features, Benefits and Applications
Applications
• Non-caustic, pH neutral.
For the removal of traces of hydrocarbons to a
• Solvent free
hydrocarbon free wall wash test specification prior to
• Non-flammable.
loading of sensitive cargoes. Unipol may also be used as a
general purpose economical tank cleaning detergent.
• Non-corrosive to metals.
• Suitable for all tank-coatings.
The most economical method of using Unipol is by
• Can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of tanks.
recirculation washing, using tank cleaning machines.
• Can be used for deodorizing.
Make up a solution of 1–5% in preferably fresh water in
• Complies with all environmental regulations and the
EU Detergent Regulation
the tank and recirculate. Whenever possible, the cleaning
solution should be heated to 50–80°C. Rinse off with hot Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
fresh water. this product
Alternatively, hand spray the tank with a 20–50% solution For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
of Unipol and allow to stay for 30–60 minutes before a to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
final rinse with hot water.
When the tank is cleaned to a “water white standard”, Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
remove any free water and ventilate until the tank is dry. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Product Properties product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.1 due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A described herein.
pH, in conc at 20°C: 8-9
pH, in 1% at 20°C: 7–8
COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: The product is compatible
with all normally used metals
and their alloys.
Rubber: May swell.
Synthethic rubber: May swell.
36
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
37
Marine
Chemicals
ACC PLUS
Non Toxic Cleaner for Air Coolers and Hand Spray Method
Turbochargers For this cleaning procedure the engine needs to be
stopped and secured. Open the inspection cover on top of
Product Description the cooler and the drain valve. Spray undiluted ACC Plus
ACC Plus is a powerful cleaning agent for cleaning of into the tube nest, with e.g. a Unitor Jet Spray Unit, and
diesel engine air coolers, scavenging air systems and the allow to penetrate into the deposits for a minimum of 1
compressor side of turbochargers. ACC Plus is a hour. Rinse thoroughly with a high pressure jet such as a
microemulsion type cleaner, where a synergistic blend of Unitor High Pressure Machine. Close inspection cover and
biodegradable surfactants and low toxicity solvents drain.
replace the use of the harmful solvents traditionally used
in air cooler cleaners, without reducing the cleaning In-service Cleaning
performance. It is formulated to meet the latest The general principle is to inject a solution of ACC Plus
environmental standards, and is non toxic both to the into the air trunking upstream of the charge air cooler
environment and to persons handling it. ACC Plus followed by a clean water rinse. For efficient cleaning of
contains no chlorinated or aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, air coolers, it is necessary to use correctly installed
nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other substances harmful to dosing and injection equipment. To calculate the amount
the environment. of solution required to clean an air cooler, calculate or find
the cross-sectional area of the cooler and use 3 litres of
Directions for Use cleaning solution per square metre or as table below:
Recirculation method in-situ
For this cleaning procedure the engine needs to be Engine HP. Solution mix. with 25% ACC Plus
stopped and secured. Permanently installed spray nozzles 6,000 to 12,000 3 litre mix
in combination with a cleaning solution tank and pump, 12,000 to 24,000 4.5 litre mix
such as the Unitor Chemical Cleaning Unit should be 24,000 or more 6 litre mix
used. It is advised to blind off the cooler outlet. Properly
mix water and 10-30% ACC Plus, depending on the For in-service cleaning of air coolers and the air-side of
severity of the contamination, in the tank. Connect the turbochargers, a solution of 25% ACC Plus in freshwater
pump's outlet to the nozzle assembly and the air cooler is recommended. The appropriate dosage of cleaner is
drain to the tank. Start the pump and spray the solution then placed in the dosing pot and injected up stream of
through the nozzles over the entire surface of the cooler the air cooler for a period of 10 minutes. After a further 10
and drain back to the tank. Circulate the solution for a minutes, a similar quantity of fresh water is injected to
period of 1 to 6 hours. After cleaning, rinse with fresh rinse off the emulsified deposits. Rate and frequency of
water. Remove the outlet blind and disconnect the pump application depends mainly on the condition of the air
and tank loop. coolers. However when starting with the use of ACC Plus,
recommended injection is every 24 hours. After the initial
Soaking Method In-situ cleaning period, the cleaning effect should last for 48
For this cleaning procedure the engine needs to be hours of operational time. Although frequency of
stopped and secured. Blind off the cooler outlet and flood cleaning may vary, the calculated cleaning dose should
the cooler with a solution of 10-30% ACC Plus in water remain the same. This cleaning method is only
depending on the severity of the contamination. Soak for recommended when approved by the engine manu-
a period of 1 to 6 hours and drain to slop tank. Agitation facturer!
by means of steam or compressed air will improve the
cleaning effect. After cleaning, rinse with fresh water. Unitor Air Cooler Cleaner
Remove outlet blind and close drain. Injection System
Tests show that vessels correctly using this type of
Out of Service Cleaning: injection equipment with chemical cleaners such as ACC
Plus, suffer no degradation of cylinder liner lubrication and
Soak bath method liner wear rates are not increased. As the Air Cooler size
Remove the cooler from the engine and place in a soak and position, (baffle plates etc.) vary from engine to engi-
bath filled with a solution of 10-30% ne, the engine manufacturer should be consulted
ACC Plus in water for a period of 1-6 hours. Agitation by before installation. Large engines will normally require
means of steam or compressed air will improve the two injectors per cooler, but one injector is usually
cleaning effect. After cleaning rinse with fresh water and sufficient for medium and small engines.
reinstall the cooler. This method is also suitable for
machine parts with stubborn carbon deposits.
See also next page
38
Marine
Chemicals
Product Properties
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: Above 61
pH, in conc: 9
COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: No effect
Rubber: May swell
Synthetic rubber: May swell.

651 698704 25 Plastic

• Meets the latest environmental standards
• Equal cleaning performance to traditional cleaners
based on harmful chlorinated solvents
• Low toxicity, low evaporation and pleasant smell
• Formulated to remove oil, grease and carbon deposits
from air coolers and scavenging systems
• Efficient and economical
• Maintains, stabilises and maximises air cooler
efficiency
NOTE: Always consult the engine manufacturer before
• Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on engine. installing the injectors.
• Can be used for handspray cleaning while diesel
engine is stationary
• Ideal for use in soak bath or cleaning tanks, such as
the Chemical Cleaning Unit and the Ultrasonic Bath

this product


described herein.
39
Marine
Chemicals
CARBONCLEAN LT
Low Toxic Solvent Cleaner for Removal of Product Properties
Stubborn Carbon Deposits APPEARANCE: Pale yellow liquid
3
DENSITY, in g/cm at 15°C: 1.0
Product Description FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: Above 61
Carbonclean LT is a non-corrosive, powerful solvent for pH, in conc: N/A
removal of carbonaceous deposits. Carbonclean LT COMPATIBILITY:
contains no chlorinated solvents or phenolic compounds Metal: No known effect
and has low toxicity to the environment and to persons Rubber: May swell
handling it. Synthetic rubber: May swell
Submerged Method 651 575696 25 Plastic
This is an effective way of cleaning deposits from machi-
ne parts. The items to be cleaned are dipped into the sol- Features, Benefits and Applications
vent. A wire basket can be used for small components. • Reformulated with improved cleaning properties
For removal of light deposits or oil, a dilution of up to 1:2 • Can be used for cleaning engine parts like:
in fresh water can be used. Light deposits will be remo- - Pistons
ved in 1 hour, whereas heavily oxidised deposits may - Piston rings
need overnight soaking. After the components have been - Valves
removed from the soaking bath, remaining solvent is easi- - Valve cages
ly flushed off with water. • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
Due to a very low evaporation rate, no precautions are • Non-corrosive, safe on all light metals, including
necessary to prevent loss of liquid, but adequate aluminium
ventilation is recommended. • Quickly dissolves deposits containing carbon, resins or
varnishes
Cleaning the Oil Side of Heat Exchangers • Simple and economical to use by soaking or circulation
Where in-situ cleaning is required, Carbonclean LT can be method
used neat and circulated through the unit in question. • Eliminates need for hard scraping
Time required for this process will again depend on extent • Low toxicity
of fouling and may take up to 24 hours. • Low evaporation rate
The Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no. 664 613 807 - is • No phenolic or chlorinated compounds
recommended to be used. • Can be used for removal of carbon type deposits from
burner tips, fuel injectors and all components fouled by
1. Disconnect the heat exchanger's oil inlet and outlet, carbon, resin or varnishes
drain off any remaining oil. • Cleans oil side of fuel and lube-oil heaters, oil coolers, etc.
2. Connect the discharge side of the Chemical Cleaning • Removes carbon based deposits from fuel and lube oil
Unit (CCU) to the lower heat exchanger connection filters
and fit the return to the CCU.
3. Add Carbonclean LT to the drum and heat, maintaining Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
the temperature (max 60°C), throughout the cleaning this product
operation. If heat is not available the cleaning time will
need to be extended. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
4. Circulate for 12 hours. When the cleaning is complete, to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
disconnect the lower heat exchange connection and
drain out the cleaning solution. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
5. Connect a fresh water supply to the upper heat company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
exchanger connection. Rinse until water runs clear. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
6. Disconnect the water supply, drain and dry the heat product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
exchanger. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
The Chemical Cleaning Unit can also be used for cleaning described herein.
by soaking or circulation. Results can be achieved with
maximum efficiency and with minimum use of
Carbonclean LT.
40
Marine
Chemicals
AIR COOLER CLEANER
Cleaner for Air Coolers and Turbochargers Out of service cleaning
Handspray Cleaning - in this situation the engine must
Product Description be stopped.
Air Cooler Cleaner is a powerful solvent emulsion cleaner
for cleaning of diesel engine air coolers, scavenging air Open an appropriate air trunking inspection cover.
systems and compressor side of turbochargers.
Open air cooler drain valves.
Directions for Use
Using a pressure handspray, apply undiluted Air Cooler
In-service cleaning - the procedure is to inject a Cleaner all over the cooler coils. Allow the Air Cooler
solution of Air Cooler Cleaner into the air trunking Cleaner to penetrate the deposits for a minimum of 1
upstream of the charge air cooler, followed by a clean hour, then use a high pressure lance or water jet to wash
water rinse. For efficient cleaning of air coolers, it is off the loosened deposits.
necessary to use correctly installed dosing and injection
equipment. After satisfactory cleaning and flushing through with fresh
water, close air cooler drains.
To calculate the amount of solution required to clean an
air cooler, determine the cross-sectional area of the coo- Soak Method - this method may be used for machine
ler and use 3 litres of cleaning solution per square parts with stubborn carbon deposits. Put parts to be cle-
metre or as shown in the table below: aned into a bath of undiluted Air Cooler Cleaner and allow
deposits to be broken down and loosened before removal,
Engine HP. Solution mix. with 25% then rinse.
Air Cooler Cleaner
6.000 to 12.000 3 litre mix Unitor Air Cooler Cleaner Injection System
12.000 to 24.000 4.5 litre mix
24.000 or more 6 litre mix The engine manufacturer should be consulted
before installing injectors.
For in-service cleaning of air cooler and air-side of
turbochargers, a solution of 25% Air Cooler Cleaner in Large engines will normally require two injectors per
fresh water is recommended. cooler, but one injector is usually sufficient for medium
and small engines.
The appropriate dose of cleaner is then put in the dosing
pot and injected up-stream of the air cooler for 10 See also next page
minutes. After this a similar quantity of fresh water is in-
jected to rinse off the emulsified deposits.
Rate and frequency of application depends mainly on the

condition of the air coolers. However, when starting with
the use of Air Cooler Cleaner, we recommend injection
every 24 hours. After initial cleaning period, the cleaning
effect should last for 48 hours of operational time.
Although frequency of cleaning may vary, the calculated
cleaning dose should remain the same.
This cleaning method is recommended only if approved by

engine manufacturer.
41
Marine
Chemicals
Product Properties
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: Above 61
pH, in conc: N/A
COMPATIBILITY:
Rubber: May swell slightly.
Synthetic rubber: May swell

651 571588 25 Steel

• Formulated to remove oil, grease and carbon deposits
from air coolers and scavenging systems
• Efficient and economical
• May be used for in-service cleaning
• Renders surfaces oil-repellent
• Maintains and stabilises air cooler efficiency at
maximum
• Saves time, maintenance costs and avoids risks of
damage when dismantling
Dosing Procedure
1. Check that all valves are closed A, B & C.
• Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on
engine
2. Thoroughly mix up a 25% solution of Air Cooler Cleaner
and fresh water and pour this into the dosing pot
• Product in water solution is non-flammable, non-explo-
sive and has no flash point
through the filter funnel, closing filter valve afterwards.
• Can be used for light carbon removal from machinery
3. Open valve 'A' allowing compressed air to the injector parts
nozzle.
4. Open valve 'B' and 'C' to balance trunking pressure in Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
dosage vessel. Emulsion solution will now be drawn this product
down into the injector and be atomised in the
scavenge air trunking. It should take about 10 minutes For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
to empty the dosage vessel. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
5. Close all valves A, B & C.
6. After a residence time of 10 minutes, repeat sequence Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
of operation above using one full dosing vessel of fresh company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
water. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
7. Repeat this procedure every 24 to 48 hours, product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
depending on the requirements of the type of engine goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
and sizes of air coolers. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
42
Marine
Chemicals
CARBON REMOVER
Heavy Duty Solvent Cleaner for Removal of Product Properties
Stubborn Carbon Deposits APPEARANCE: Clear brown liquid
Product Description FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: Above 61
A powerful non-corrosive solvent for breaking down car- pH, in conc: N/A
bon deposits COMPATIBILITY:
Directions for Use and Dose Rates Rubber: Avoid natural and synthetic rubber
SOAK METHOD - This is an effective way of cleaning de-
posits from components and machine parts. In order to PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
reduce the evaporation of Carbon Remover both on the 651 571604 25 Steel
pure product as well as on its emulsions, a skin is formed
when exposed to air. Features, Benefits and Applications
The items for cleaning are submerged into the active
• Quickly dissolves deposits containing carbon, resins or
varnishes
solvent. A wire basket can be used for small components.
Immersion time will depend upon the nature of the
• Simple and economical to use
deposits to be removed. Light deposits will be removed in
• Eliminates need for hard scraping
1 hour, whereas heavy oxidised deposits might need
• Non flammable
longer time.
• Removes carbon type deposits from burner tips, fuel
injectors and all components fouled by carbon, resin or
varnishes
The components should be rinsed thoroughly before
handling.
• Cleans oil side of fuel heaters, oil coolers, etc.
• Removes carbon based deposits from fuel and lube oil
filters
Cleaning the Oil Side of Heat Exchangers
The Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no. 664 613 807 - is
• Can be used for cleaning of: - Pistons - Piston rings -
Valve cages
recommended to be used.
1. Isolate the oil supply, disconnect the heat exchanger this product
oil inlet and outlet, drain off any remaining oil.
2. Connect the discharge side of Chemical Cleaning Unit For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
(CCU) to the lower heat exchanger connection and fit to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
the return to the CCU.
3. Add Carbon Remover to the drum and heat, Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
maintaining the temperature (max 50°C) throughout company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
the cleaning operation. If heating is not available, the any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
cleaning time will need to be extended. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
4. Circulate for 12 hours. When the cleaning is complete, goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
disconnect the lower heat exchanger connection and due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
drain. described herein.ein.
5. Connect a high pressure fresh water supply to the
upper heat exchanger connection. Rinse until water
runs clear.
6. Disconnect, drain and dry.
43
Marine
Chemicals
COMMISSIONING CLEANER
Cleaner for New Boiler and Cooling Systems Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Light yellow liquid.
Product Description DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.112 - 1.122
Commissioning Cleaner is a multifunctional water based FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
cleaner. It is the new generation in one step cleaner pH, in 20%-solution: 8.5 - 9.0
product. Low foaming. COMPATIBILITY:
Applications Rubber: No known effect.
Commissioning Cleaner is for cleaning of new boilers and Synthetic rubber: No known effect.
cooling systems on board new buildings. It will remove
scale, rust, oil and grease at the same time from the PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
systems. The product is recirculated through the system, 651 624932 25 Plastic
using an external circulation pump.
Directions of Use and Dose Rates
Use the dosage 5-10% solution depending on the grade of
• Water based multifunctional cleaner
contamination.
• Biodegradable
Degreasing and descaling of boiler and cooling
water systems
• Cleaning of new systems for mill scale, rust, oil etc.
The Unitor Chemical Cleaning Unit -
• Cleans water systems with light scale and a thin oil
film
Product no. 664 613807 - is recommended to be used.
• Provides a temporary protection against corrosion by
passivation
1. Drain system to be cleaned if necessary.
2. Inspect as completely as possible to determine the
• No need of neutralization chemicals afterwards
extent of contamination and general condition of
• Safe on aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys
system.
• Quick separation of oil after cleaning
3. Fill with fresh water. Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
4. Add a solution 5-10% strength of Commissioning this product
Cleaner.
5. Circulate through the system for 5 to 8 hours at the For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
maximum temperature allowed by the system. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
6. Drain system completely and flush thoroughly the
entire system and all components with fresh water Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
until effluent is clear. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
7. Reinspect to determine results of the cleaning any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
process. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
8. If unsatisfactory, repeat steps 3 through 7. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
9. Refill system with distillate or good quality fresh due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
water and dose the required amount of cooling or boi- described herein.
ler water treatment.
10. Test system on a regular basis to insure chemical
residuals are maintained with specific limits.
44
Marine
Chemicals
DISCLEAN
Separator Disc Cleaner Product Properties
Product description DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.3
Disclean is a water based blend of inhibited acids, FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
surfactants and emulsifying agents. Disclean removes the pH, 1 vol-%: 2
heavy tenacious deposits which collect in fuel and lube oil COMPATIBILITY:
centrifugal separators, and it is extremely effective in Metal: Corrosive to mild steel, cast iron, aluminium
removing these deposits without the necessity of and alloys, brass, tin or galvanised material.
separating the discs from the stack. Rubber: No known effect.
Disclean may be used undiluted or diluted down to 20% 651 571687 25 Plastic
by volume with fresh water, depending on the severity of
contamination, availability of heat and time to complete Features, Benefits and Applications
cleaning operation. The higher the concentration the
more efficient the cleaning action. The time for a cleaning
• Acid based product contains surfactants
operation will vary from 30 minutes to maximum 2 hours,
depending on the above factors. Faster and more efficient
cleaning can be accomplished by heating to a maximum
• Non-flammable
temperature of 60 °C. After the unit or parts have been
• Remove heavy tenacious deposits
satisfactorily cleaned, they shall be rinsed thoroughly with
• Cleans down to metal surfaces
fresh water to remove all traces of contamination and
• Leaves no film or residue
Disclean. It is recommended that this product is not used
• Reduces down time
on zinc, tin, galvanised surfaces or anodised aluminium.
• Allows cleaning of dics without dismantling of disc
stacks
The Unitor Chemical Cleaning Unit (Product no. 664
613807) can be used for soak cleaning of disc stacks.
• Cleans all types of separator discs
Method of cleaning Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Separators can be cleaned by: this product
1. Removing the separator disc stack and soaking in a
solution of Disclean. Circulating the solution and For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
heating will enhance the cleaning. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
2. Removing the separator discs and dismantling stack,
then soaking discs in Disclean. Circulating and Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
heating the solution will enhance the cleaning. Discs company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
can be sprayed if soaking tank is not available. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
described herein.
45
Marine
Chemicals
DESCALEX
Powder Acid for Removal of Scale and Rust Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Reddish powder
Descalex is a dry acid cleaner formulated to remove rust FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
and scale deposits. pH, in 10 wt-%: 1.1
COMPATIBILITY:
Directions for Use and Dose Rates Metal: Avoid aluminium, zinc, tin and their
The most effective descaling is accomplished by alloys and galvanised surfaces.
circulation. In the case of small components, the soak Rubber: No observed effect.
method in an immersion bath can be used.
If the equipment to be cleaned is contaminated by oil, 651 571646 25 Steel
grease and sludge, pre-cleaning should be done with
Seaclean Plus or Enviroclean. Features, Benefits and Applications
Depending on the extent of scaling, use a solution of
• Dry acid cleaner contains inhibitors to protect metals
2.5-10% Descalex. The solution will have a red colour
• Contains colour indicator to show the strength of the
solution and anti-foam agent
which becomes clear when the solution is neutralised.
Whenever possible, the solution should be heated to
• Safe and easy handling and storage
60°C.
• Fast and effective scale remover
• Removes scale from boilers
Neutralised solutions can be reactivated by adding more
• Removes scale from diesel engine cooling water
systems
Descalex until the red colour reappears. This should not
be done more than twice.
• Removes scale and rust from condensers, evapora-
tors, heat exchangers etc.
Descalex should not be used on aluminium, zinc, tin or
• Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of
Public Health for cleaning of evaporators
galvanised surfaces.
Descaling of Boilers, Descaling of Diesel Engine this product
Cooling Water Systems, Condensers, Evaporators,
Calorifiers, Heat Exchangers: For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
See Practical Application Manual or Water Treatment
Handbook. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
The strength of the acid can be enhanced by adding 1 any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
part sodium chloride (common salt) to 20 parts of product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Descalex. This enhancement of the cleaning solution, ho- goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
wever, should not be used when descaling diesel engine due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
cooling water systems. described herein.
After use of Descalex a 0.5% solution of Alkalinity Control
in fresh water should be used for neutralisation.
46
Marine
Chemicals
DESCALING LIQUID
Liquid Acid for Removal of Scale and Rust Product Properties
Descaling Liquid is a liquid acid containing descaling FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
accelerators, corrosion-inhibitors and wetting agents. pH, in conc: < 1.5
COMPATIBILITY:
Directions for Use and Dose Rates Metal: Contains corrosion inhibitors.
The most effective descaling is accomplished by Rubber: No known effect.
circulation for large systems or components. In the case Synthetic rubber: May swell.
of small components, the soak method in an immersion
bath can be used. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
651 571653 25 Plastic
If the equipment to be cleaned is contaminated by oil,
grease, sludge or carbonised oil, then pre-cleaning with Features, Benefits and Applications
Seaclean or Enviroclean is necessary.
• Acid based product contains inhibitors against attack
on ferrous metals
Descaling Liquid should alway be used in plastic bucket.
Acid should always be added to water, and never the
• Unlimited shelf life
reverse.
• Easy to rinse off
• Fast and effective scale remover
Descaling Liquid should be mixed with fresh water to
• Removes scale and rust from condensers, evapora-
tors, heat exchangers, etc.
form a solution of 10-30%, depending on the extent of
scaling.
• Removes water scale from boilers
• Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of
Public Health for cleaning of evaporators
After using Descaling Liquid it is essential to thoroughly
rinse all metal surfaces at least once with a 0.5% solution Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
of Alkalinity Control in fresh water. This solution should be this product
circulated for 2-4 hours or until an acceptable pH value is
obtained. This will neutralize any remaining acidity and For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
passivate steel surfaces. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Descaling Liquid should not be used on aluminium, zinc, Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
tin, or any galvanised surfaces for which a special grade company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
cleaner should be used. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Wilhelmsen Ships Service has developed a 210 litre goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
capacity cleaning unit designed for use with chemical due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
acid solutions for cleaning boilers, calorifiers, heat described herein.
exchangers and other types of equipment where rust and
scale form.
Chemical Cleaning Unit: Product no. 664 613807
Descaling Boilers, Condensers, Evaporators,

Calorifiers and Heat exchangers:
See Practical Application Manual or Water Treatment

Handbook.
47
Marine
Chemicals
METAL BRITE
Rust Stain Remover Product Properties
Liquid detergent compound containing rust dissolving pH, in 1 vol - %: 2
acids, emulsifiers and passivators. COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: Long term exposure will cause corrosion
Directions for Use and Dose Rates of mild steel, cast iron, aluminium and
Metal Brite should always be used in a plastic bucket. The alloys, brass, tin or galvanised material
acid should always be added to water, never the reverse. Rubber: No known effect
For removal of rust stains and oxide stains on aluminium, PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
brass, copper and stainless steel, apply Metal Brite (after 651 571661 25 Plastic
removal of oil and grease) neat with a brush, rag, etc.
Wash off after 15 minutes. Repeat if necessary. Do not let Features, Benefits and Applications
Metal Brite dry on surfaces as it may leave a hard white
deposit.
For steel surfaces; remove oil, grease and old paint. Wet
• Non-flammable
down entire surface with neat Metal Brite and allow to
• Prevents flash rusting
dry. Second wash may be necessary. Surface should have
• Surfaces rendered suitable for painting
a grey/white appearance when the Metal Brite is dry.
• Surface brightening
Steel surfaces will have a resistance to rust and will
• When cleaning aluminium, brass and copper flush with
water upon completion of cleaning
render a good base for paint.
For removal of rust stains on painted surfaces and wood, this product
Metal Brite should be applied at full strength for heavy
stains, or diluted to 30-50% for light stains. Allow to soak For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
for 20 to 30 minutes and wash off with water. A second to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
application may be necessary to remove the stubborn
stains. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
described herein.
48
Marine
Chemicals
METAL BRITE H.D.
Rust and Metal Tarnish Remover Product Properties
Liquid detergent compound containing phosphoric acid FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
and non-ionic surfactants, used for rust removal and as a pH, 1 vol-%: 2
surface brightener. COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: Long term exposure may lead to corrosion of
Directions for Use and Dose Rates mild steel, cast iron, aluminium and alloys,
Metal Brite H.D. should always be used in a plastic brass, tin or galvanised material.
bucket. Acid should always be added to water, never the Rubber: No known effect.
reverse.
Remove dirt, rust flakes, oil and grease prior to using 651 571679 25 Plastic
Metal Brite H.D. 651 655506 210 Plastic
Apply Metal Brite H.D. to surfaces to be cleaned or Features, Benefits and Applications
pickled as follows:
For severely corroded surfaces and pickling of welding
repairs, use 50% solution to neat.
• Non-flammable
• Removes light rust and rust stains
For less severely corroded or soiled surfaces and tarnish
• Cleans and passivates ferrous metal surfaces, inhibits
further corrosion, and gives a base which paint will
on copper and brass, use a solution of 20-50%, and rinse adhere
off surface with water after 15-40 minutes.
• Removes tarnish from non-ferrous metals
On aluminium, use a solution of 10-30%, but rinse off
• Surface brightening including aluminium
surface maximum 5 minutes after application
• Removes rust stains from painted, ceramic and woo-
den surfaces
For removal of rust stains on painted surfaces, a solution
• Economical in use
of 10-30% should be sufficient. Rinse off with water after Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
15-20 minutes. this product
For removal of rust stains on ceramic tiles, enamels, For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
porcelain, glass etc., use a solution of 20-50%, depending to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
on stains and soiling. Rinse off with water after
20-40 minutes. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
For removal of light cement stains and lime, apply a 50% any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
solution, and high pressure wash after 30-40 minutes, product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
and for solidified cement use Descaling Liquid. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
For removal of light rust and scale in pipelines and tanks, described herein.
recirculate a solution of 5-10% Metal Brite H.D. For
discoloration of stainless steel and epoxy coated tanks,
use the same method.
For removal of white residues from epoxy-coatings that

sometimes remains after carriage of Stearin, Olein, Palm
fatty acid etc., recirculate a solution of 5-10% Metal Brite
H.D. When injected, use a 5% solution. Recirculate or
inject until residue is removed.
49
Marine
Chemicals
TEAK RENEWER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Wooden Deck Brightener Features, Benefits and Applications
• Dry acid deck cleaner
Product Description • Surface brightening of wood
Teak Renewer is a dry acid product formulated for • Removes stains and discolouration
brightening wooden decks. For removal of oil and fat and • Water soluble for ease of use
for daily cleaning use Aquabreak PX or HP-Wash. • Quick, efficient cleaning power
Applications Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Teak Renewer is used to remove wood discolouration this product
commonly found on untreated teak, mahogany and oak
decking. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
1. Dissolve 5-10% Unitor Teak Renewer in fresh water. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
2. Apply the solution on the surface with a chemical company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
spray unit. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
3. Leave for 30-45 minutes. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
4. Wash off with fresh clean water. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Product Properties described herein.
APPEARANCE: White crystalline powder
pH, in 10% solution: 1
COMPATIBILITY:
Metal: Long term exposure will cause
corrosion
Syntethic rubber: No known effect

651 623991 25 Steel
50
Marine
Chemicals
ELECTROSOLV-E
G.P. Cleaner and Degreaser for all Electrical Parts Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Clear, colourless liquid
A non-chlorinated solvent with a controlled evaporation FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: Above 61
rate, for cleaning and degreasing electrical equipment. COMPATIBILITY:
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates Rubber: May swell
Electrosolv-E must only be used in sufficiently ventilated
areas. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
Electrosolv-E should always be used undiluted. 651 604389 25 Steel
It can be applied by brush, swab, or as a fine spray using
suitable hand held spray equipment. Features, Benefits and Applications
NOTE: Never open flame when using fine spray.
• Contains no chlorinated solvents
• Powerful solvent with controlled evaporation
Small components may be cleaned by brief immersion in
• Rapid penetration and action
a bath of Electrosolv-E.
• Efficient cleaning with no grease film or moisture resi-
due
The most suitable way of applying Electrosolv-E is by
• Harmless to electrical insulation. Tested for break-
through voltage after DIN-57370 to 209 KV/cm.
using hand spray or syphon spray guns. Once the deposits
of dirt and grease have been flushed away with
• Non-corrosive - can be used on all normal components
with no risk of corrosive damage
Electrosolv-E the remaining solvent may be evaporated by
using clean compressed air at low pressure and high volu-
• Cleans and degrease electrical parts and equipment
without the need for rinsing
me.
Caution: Never use Electrosolv-E on a running this product
generator or motor.
Electrosolv-E can be used to clean virtually all electrical For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
equipment and components although it may affect some to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
types of rubber and plastic. Either remove
rubber and plastic parts from component or test on small Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
area for any reaction before cleaning. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
After cleaning motors or generators insulation resistance any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
to ground should be tested to check that it is within its product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
specified limits. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Sprayers: a range of spray equipment is available for use due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
with Electrosolv-E and other solvents. described herein.
51
Marine
Chemicals
UNITOR USC ULTRASONIC CLEANER
Water-Based Cleaner Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Green.
Unitor USC is a water-based alkaline low-toxic product COMPATIBILITY:
with an exceptional solvency power on soil and oily Metal: May attack zinc, aluminium and
matter. It is specially developed for ultrasonic cleaning magnesium at concentrated solutions
applications. It is free from hydrocarbon solvents, Rubber: No known effect
biodegradable, and safe to handle. pH neat: 12
Synthetic rubber: May swell
Applications
Suitable for cleaning engine components like fuel and lube PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
oil filters, pump components, inlet and exhaust valves 651 607819 1 in cartons Plastic
etc. of 12 bottles
Direction for Use and Dose Rates Features, Benefits and Applications
Unitor USC is specially formulated for use in the ultrasonic
cleaning tank, Unitor Ultrasonic T-1040/HM.
• Water-based
• Low-toxic
Fill the ultrasonic unit with approx. 30 litres of clean, fresh
• Biodegradable
water.
• Non-flammable
• Free of hydrocarbon solvents
Prior to use, the ultrasonic bath must be de-gassed. Allow
• Specially developed for use with ultrasonic cleaning
baths
the bath to run for 1-2 minutes without any objects or
cleaning agent until the evolution of gas bubbles ceases.
• Removes grease, oil, carbon deposits, soil and grime
This is to enhance the cleaning effect.
• Keeps loosened deposits in suspension preventing
re-deposition
Mix in 1 litre Unitor USC. For stubborn deposits, a second
• Effective and economical in use
litre may be added.
• Self splitting
Best results are obtained at temperatures of 60-80°C. this product
Time necessary for cleaning depends on the nature and For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
thickness of the deposits. 20-30 min. will suffice for most to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
applications. Hardened, carbonised or aged deposits may
require up to 4 hours. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
If the cleaning solution is not heavily contaminated, it may any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
be re-used at a later stage. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
described herein.
52
Marine
Chemicals
NATURAL HAND CLEANER
Skin Cleaner Features, Benefits and Applications
Product Description estrogenic compounds
Natural Hand Cleaner is an orange gel skin cleaner • Pleasant citrus smell
containing natural ingredients such as citrus oils. The • Mild antiseptic properties
product is effective and mild to the skin and contains no • Contains poly beads which act like a light scrubbing
petroleum solvent derivatives. It removes the most brush to assist the cleaning action. The poly beads are
severe industrial grime, oil and grease in complete safety. harmless to bilge pumps
It incorporates poly beads to assist removal of the most • Effective and suitable for the most severe soiling.
severe industrial grime. Due to its mildness it can be used safely day after day
• Easier to rinse off than many other gel cleaners
Directions for Use and Dose Rates • Approved by The Royal Institute of Public Health
Natural Hand Cleaner should be massaged onto the soiled
skin without the use of water. The skin should then be Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
rinsed with clean water and dried thoroughly with a towel this product
or tissue.
Product Properties to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
APPEARANCE: Orange gel
DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0 Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
FLASH POINT, (PMCC) in °C: N/A company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
COMPATIBILITY: any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Metal: No known effect product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Rubber: No known effect goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container described herein.
651 571752 Box containing Plastic
4x5 ltr
53
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME BOE
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Odour Eliminator Features, Benefits and Applications
• Water based neutral odour control
Product Description • Fast-acting environmentally friendly odour controller
Gamazyme BOE is a new approach in odour control with the effectiveness of deep cleaning microbes
technology. It provides deep and effective cleaning • Rapidly neutralises and eliminates odours without
through microbial activity. After odour elimination, the relying on the use of odour masking or hazardous che-
odour causing compounds are biodegraded by the bacte- mical oxidisers
ria strains. • Enhances the activity of the natural bacteria, resulting
Gamazyme BOE provides a powerful combination of a in higher rates of degradation
fast-acting neutraliser for immediate odour relief, and • Removes odours from garbage and waste collection
bacteria adapted for degradation of organic compounds. areas, rest rooms, galleys, etc.
Gamazyme BOE eradicates odours by attacking and • Rapid and long term effect
degrading the organic source of the odour. • Available in 20 ltr. bag in a box & easy to use ltr. bottles
4 way action: Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
1. Fragrance for rapid action this product
2. Binding for capturing odour
3. Cleaning action by organic breakdown For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
4. Accelerated microbial degradation to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Gamazyme BOE is a specialised bacterial formulation Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
designed to eliminate odour in garbage and waste company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
collection areas, rest rooms, galleys, etc. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Directions for Use and Dose Rates goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Use Gamazyme BOE neat for the applications, but due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
consider dilution of the product for greater surface described herein.
coverage.
Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
Bacterial Pathways: Aerobic and facultative
anaerobic
3
DENSITY, in g/cm at 15°C: 1.0 - 1.05
COMPATIBILITY:

656 624077 20 Bag in box
(Cruise)
656 624619 12 x 1 Plastic
54
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME BTC
Biological Toilet Cleaner Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Green liquid
Product Description pH, in conc: 9
Gamazyme BTC is a unique biological active liquid DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0
formulation containing specialised bacterial strains, COMPATIBILITY:
biodegradable low foaming chemical cleaners and anti Metal: No known effect
foam agents. Rubber: No known effect
How it works
Gamazyme Biological Toilet Cleaner is specifically PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
formulated to replace aggressive, toxic toilet cleaners 656 589945 Non-returnable Plastic
that can disable the sewage treatment plant by killing the boxes of
naturally occurring bacteria that are essential to its 12x1 litres
operation. Conventional toilet cleaners may also cause plastic bottles
foaming in the vacuum inductor which destroys the
vacuum in the sanitary flushing system.
Gamazyme BTC effectively cleans the toilets and doses • Easy to use
millions of selected safe bacteria into the sanitary • Biodegradable
system. These powerful specialised bacteria colonise the • Suitable for use in all marine sanitary and sewage tre-
atment systems
organic waste lining the pipe system and remove the
organic deposit. On draining to the sewage treatment • Cleans toilets, sinks, showers, etc.
plant, the bacteria will enhance the biological activity, • Digests faeces, grease, fat, starch and other solid
waste materials
reducing solids and odours.
• Removes obnoxious odours from the sanitary system
Grease, fats, starch and other organic compounds are • It is safe and has no special handling requirements
digested by Gamazyme BTC. The degradation of paper, • Replaces conventional cleaners potentially harmful to
the biological sewage system
protein, waste product residuals and other odorous
materials is also enhanced.
this product
Gamazyme BTC cleans more thoroughly and deeply
compared to conventional cleaning products. The use of
cleaning products containing hazardous chemicals such
as acids, caustics, bleaches, disinfectants, etc., can be
reduced.
Use Gamazyme BTC daily as a normal toilet cleaner. Lift
up seat, open the bottle and direct nozzle downwards.
Squeeze and direct the jet to adequately cover the
surface of the toilet bowl. After some minutes scrub
described herein.
vigorously with a toilet brush and flush with water.
For removal of water scale, uric acid and rust stains, use
Gamazyme Toilet Descaler. See product data sheet.
For heavy soil pipes dose Gamazyme DPC to initiate the

cleaning process and continue with Gamazyme BTC. See
also product data sheet for Gamazyme DPC.
The use of toilet cleaners containing toxic ingredients as
acids, disinfectants, bleaches, etc., will have a
detrimental effect on the biological activity and should
not be used with Gamazyme BTC.
55
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME TOILET DESCALER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Descaling of Toilet Systems Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Light blue powder
Product Description Bacterial Pathways: Aerobic and facultative
Gamazyme Toilet Descaler is used for descaling toilet anaerobic
bowls, toilet systems, drains and pipes. DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.2 /1.3
pH in 1%:: 1.4
Gamazyme Toilet Descaler is based on weak acids, bacte- COMPATIBILITY:
rial strains and enzymes formulated to dissolve organic Metal: Avoid aluminium, zinc, tin, and their
materials, uric acid and scale. It is packed in 50 gram wa- alloys and galvanised surfaces
ter soluble sachets. Rubber: No known effect
Acts immediately due to its chemical composition. PACKAGING: Product No. Size in kg: Container
Secondary action due to its micro-organisms capable of 656 712042 5 (100 sachets Carton
digesting fat, grease and oil found in toilets, drains and of 50 grams)
pipes. No need for dismantling of drains and pipes when
used either on a preventative or on a regular service basis. Features, Benefits and Applications
• Biological powder descaler
Descaling of Toilet Bowl:
• Formulation based on weak acids, bacterial strains and
enzymes
1. Add 50 grams (one sachet) to each toilet once a week
as a minimum.
• Removes uric acid and deposits
2. Let the sachet stand for one minute for complete
• Descales both inorganic and organic material
dissolution.
• Immediate action due to its chemical composition
3. Brush the bowl and flush water into the toilet.
• Digests fat, grease, and oil in toilets, drains and pipes
4. Repeat the treatment if necessary.
• Descales toilet bowls, toilet systems, drain and pipes
• Leaves a fresh smell
Descaling of Drain, Pipes, Toilet Circuits Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
1. To remove scale in drain, pipes and toilet circuits add this product
50 grams (one sachet) to each toilet twice a week as
a minimum. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer

described herein.
56
Marine Chemicals_b 16-04-08 08:27 Side 57
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME MSC
Multi Surface Cleaner Carpet Deodoriser Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
APPEARANCE: Opaque liquid
Product Description pH, in conc: 9
Gamazyme MSC is a unique biologically active liquid DENSITY, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0
formulation containing specialised bacterial strains and COMPATIBILITY:
biodegradable chemical cleaners. Metal: No known effect
How it works Synthetic Rubber: No known effect
On soft surfaces such as carpet, Gamazyme MSC is
formulated to spot clean and deodorise the surface by PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
digesting organic substances over time. 656 587618 Non-returnable Plastic
boxes of
Three-way action: 12x1 litres
• Chemical cleaning action by removing solids from plastic bottles
surfaces.
• Immediate odour control by fragrance masking. Features, Benefits and Applications
• Deep cleaning from biological action for removal of
residual organic matter. • Unique liquid biological formulation for easy use
• Biodegradable
Gamazyme MSC is effective in cleaning or removing • A unique technology to remove odours on surfaces
organic residues from hard and soft surfaces, such as and specially on carpets
urine, dog faeces, food, milk, chocolate syrup, tomato • Replaces harsh cleaners which often require haz-chem
sauce, etc. labelling and may be hazardous to the user and the
environment
Directions for Use and Dose Rates • Spot cleaning of carpets, drapes, laundry
• Cleans sinks, showers, decks, tiles and bathrooms
Carpets and upholsters, drapes, laundry: • Removes obnoxious odours from drains and scuppers
To remove stains of food and other organic wastes: • It is safe and has no special handling requirements
After taking away the solids, spray the carpet with
Gamazyme MSC neat, use a wet sponge to brush, scrub Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
and humidify the surface. Let it stand overnight, if pos- this product
sible, then vacuum. The bacterial action will digest deep
down soil and stains and remove unpleasant odours. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Repeat the operation if necessary. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Hard surfaces: Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary

a) Accommodation and general cleaning: company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Use from 50 ml up to 500 ml to half a bucket of luke any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
warm water, depending on the surface to clean and product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
the deposition, for cleaning decks, showers, floors, goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
sinks, tiled areas, etc. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
b) For carpet machine: described herein.
To deodorise a large surface use the product as a
normal carpet cleaner in carpet shampoo equipment
diluted 1:10 with water. For odour control on these
surfaces spray diluted 1:2 with luke warm water. Wait
as long as possible and rinse.
c) Pipe cleaning and deodorising:
A nightly squirt into galley and bathroom sinks will
keep drain pipes clean and clear of organic residual
wastes and overcome unpleasant drain odours.
57
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME DPC
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Biological Drain and Pipe Cleaner NOTE: Severly scaled systems should be acid cleaned.
Product Description Product Properties

Gamazyme DPC is a concentrated biologically active APPEARANCE: Tan, saw dust like powder in sealed
powder formulation containing a blend of patented solupacs
bacterial strains, specifically developed to deal with pH, in conc: N/A
sewage wastes. It is packed as water soluble sachets COMPATIBILITY:
(Solupac). Metal: No known effect
How it Works Synthetic rubber: No known effect
Gamazyme DPC is formulated to degrade excess residual
organic waste products causing blockage, or slow PACKAGING: Product No. Size: Container
draining in sinks, showers, scuppers, drains, etc. The 656 587055 Non-returnable Plastic
specialised bacterial strains and enzymes in Gamazyme containers. Approx.
DPC will digest grease, fats, starch and other organic 4 kg in sealed
compounds. 0.23 kg solupacs.
The bacteria in Gamazyme DPC will colonise the waste
soil, which lines the pipe work system, and degrade the
waste all the way down to carbon dioxide and water, • Powder biological formulation for easy use
until the system is clean. On draining to the holding tank • Biodegradable
or sewage treatment plant, Gamazyme DPC will greatly • Clears pipes and systems blocked by organic waste
residuals
enhance the biological activity breaking down solids and
removing obnoxious odours which can vent back through • Eliminates obnoxious odours from soiled pipe lines
the systems. • Cleans fouled pipes and systems, particularly long
horizontal runs
Directions of Use and Dosage Rates • Keeps holding tank organic waste liquid pumpable and
Pipe Cleaning odour free
Maintenance dosing will keep sinks, scuppers and waste • Cost effective, saves the time, money and manpower
food disposal units clean, clear and odour free. of plumbing operations to clear blocked pipe work
A liquid solution should be prepared by adding one • Overcomes potential safety problems associated with
solupac to 10 litres of hand hot (35°C) fresh water and the use of toxic cleaning chemicals
left for 15 minutes (stirring periodically) for the bacteria to
activate. Initial doses of 0.5 litres of this solution should Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
be applied into sinks, scuppers, drains, waste food this product
disposal units, etc. A maintenance dose once or twice a
week can then be applied to keep the pipes in clean For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
condition. Harsh toxic cleaners (acids, caustics, disinfec- to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
tants) should not be used as these will kill off the bacteri-
al action in the pipes. Before plumbing work for pipe mo- Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
dification or retrofits, pipes can be cleaned by company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
isolating the system and filling pipes with the solution for any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
up to 48 hours before draining. If necessary, further product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
applications should be made until drains run clean. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Holding Tanks described herein.
Organic wastes can be kept liquid and pumpable. Tanks
can be cleaned without manual entry and without the use
of harsh toxic cleaning chemicals.
Prepare a solution of one solupac to ten litres of hand hot
(35°C) fresh water and left for 15 minutes (stirring
periodically) before dosing into the holding tank once or
twice a week. The dose rates should be approximately
one solupac per 1000 litre waste in the tank. Tank
cleaning should be carried out using Gamazyme 700FN.
58
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME DIGESTOR
Ideal for use on
Drain and Pulper Cleaner Features, Benefits and Applications Cruise Ships
• Water based biological drain cleaner for slow running
Product Description drains
Gamazyme Digestor is a patented formulation containing • Patented, environmentally friendly bioenzymatic
a synergetic blend of highly specialised bacteria. The mix formulation designed to restore flow in drain systems
of micro-organisms in this product increases organic containing greasy deposits
degradation performance. • Results in increased bacterial activity in a variety of
Utilising active enzymes to eat through biological and organic wastes
organic waste products, Gamazyme Digestor is a safe • Environmentally friendly
and non-corrosive product used to restore flow in drains • Free of harsh chemical compounds normally associa-
where grease accumulation is a problem. ted with acid and caustic drain openers
Gamazyme Digestor’s biochemical formulation is • Provides penetration, breakdown and degradation of
designed to provide exceptional performance in clogged organic drain line deposits and blockages
drain lines, grease traps and floor drains. It restores slow • Ideal for applications subject to aerobic and anaerobic
running drains and reduces odours due to organic environments
build-up.
Directions for Use and Dose Rates this product
1. Drain Cleaner For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Use 500 ml of Gamazyme Digestor per 5 cm drain to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
diameter to restore flow in drains and to keep them
free flowing. Repeat the operation if necessary. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Use regularly, once a day or several times a week to company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
maintain drains free of grease. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
2. Cleaning of Pulpers goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Flush the whole system at the end of the day including due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
pulpers, pipes, etc. with warm water (maximum 60°C) described herein.
and Gamazyme Digestor.
Dose the product undiluted in the economiser tank by

using a dosing pump. Use a dosage rate of approximately
2 litre per m3 water.
Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Green liquid
Bacterial Pathways: Aerobic and facultative anaerobic
ODOUR: Herbal/Lemon
DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C(59°F): 1.0
ACTIVE TEMP. RANGE: 10 to 60°C (50 to 140°F)
COMPATIBILITY:

656 624015 20 Bag in a box
(Cruise)
59
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME 700FN
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Biological Booster for Sewage Treatment Plants B) On Passenger Vessels
And Systems The applications is the same as mentioned above, but the
dose rates are different.
Product Description The dose rate depends on the number of people on board
Gamazyme 700FN is a concentrated biologically active the vessel. As a rule of thumb use 50 grams per m3 of the
powder formulation containing a blend of patented volume of the sewage tank, followed a weekly dosage of
bacterial strains, specifically developed to deal with 10 gram per m3 of the volume of the sewage tank.
sewage wastes. An example of a cruise vessel with a sewage tank of
100 m3 and 2500 people and on a two weeks cruise.
How it Works What is the consumption of Gamazyme 700FN?
Gamazyme 700FN is formulated to degrade excess Initial dosage: (50 g/m3 x 100 m3 ):1000 = 5 kg
residual waste products in shipboard sanitation pipe work Weekly dosage: (10 g/m3 x 100 m3 ):1000 x 2 weeks = 2 kg
systems, holding tanks and marine sewage treatment On this cruise, will be used. 7 kg of Gamazyme 700FN
plants. The specialised strains in Gamazyme 700FN will
digest grease, fats, sewage, starch and other organic Tank Cleaning
compounds. The degradation of paper, protein and waste Holding tanks can be cleaned periodically or prior to entry
product residuals is greatly increased, and the odours that without the use of dangerous toxic chemicals.
these produce, are reduced. Grey and black water holding tanks, sewage tanks,
sewage treatment plant should be flooded and pumped
The bacteria in Gamazyme 700FN will colonise the waste empty to clear excess soil before cleaning. Holding tanks
organic material which lines the pipework/tank system must be fitted with an air manifold connected to a low
and degrade the waste until the system is clean. The pressure air line of sufficient volume to gently turn the
biological activity in the marine sewage treatment plant is mass of water within the tank. In sewage treatment
greatly increased, so the plant can thus handle more tanks the normal air supply will suffice. The tank should
waste. The obnoxious smells in toilet areas and scuppers, be filled to 75% capacity with fresh or sea water and the
normally associated with overloaded or blocked systems, air supply turned on. Approximately 0.5 kg of Gamazyme
are reduced. 700FN in 5 to 10 litres of fresh hand hot (35°C) water
should be mixed and left for 10-15 minutes before
Directions of Use and Dose Rates dosing into the tank. Dosing can be either direct or via the
Sewage treatment plant Direct dosing to the sewage nearest toilet. The tank should then be filled and left with
treatment plant or via the nearest toilet will greatly the air on for at least 48 hours. The dose rate should be
enhance the biological activity and keep the plant at peak approximately 0.5 kg per 500 litres tank capacity with a
operating efficiency. minimum dose of 5 kg. Although Gamazyme 700FN is
formulated for use in cold (15°C minimum) sea water,
A) On Ships Except Passenger Vessels performance will improve with lukewarm (35°C) fresh
Ineffective or septic sewage treatment can be water or sea water.
reactivated and maintained in peak operating efficiency
by dosing Gamazyme 700FN direct in the tank or via the Pipe cleaning
nearest toilet. To reactivate the plant, 1 kg Gamazyme Maintenance dosing will keep galley and sewage pipes
700FN should be mixed with 10-15 litres of hand hot clean and clear of organic residual wastes.
(35°C) fresh water, left for 10-15 minutes (stirring A liquid solution should be prepared by mixing of 0.5 kg of
periodically) for the bacteria to activate before dosing into Gamazyme 700FN in 15-20 litres of hand hot (35°C) fresh
the tank daily until the system is operating efficiently. water. Stir it and, if possible, leave for 15 minutes to
Maintenance dosing of 0.1 - 0.25 kg weekly will keep the reactivate the bacteria. Whilst constantly agitating this
system operating effectively. Replacing the toilet cleaner solution, 1 litre should be dosed into sinks, scuppers,
in use by Gamazyme BTC (biological toilet cleaner) will showers, drains, waste disposal units, etc. each evening
dose millions of specialised bacteria into the system. until the blockage is cleared. A maintenance dose once or
These powerful bacteria will digest organic material lining twice a week can then be applied to keep the pipes in
the pipes and boost the bacterial activity in the sewage clean condition. Harsh toxic cleaners (acids, caustics,
treatment plant, keeping it operating at peak efficiency. disinfectants) should not be used as these will kill off the
bacterial action in the pipes. Alternatively, the pipes
should be isolated and filled with the solution and left for
up to 48 hours before draining. If necessary, further
applications should be made until drains run clear.
See also next page
60
Marine
Chemicals
NOTE: Severly scaled systems should be acid cleaned. Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Tan brown, saw dust like.
Features, Benefits and Applications pH, in conc: N/A
• Powder formulation for easy use COMPATIBILITY:
• Biodegradable Metal: No known effect
• Reactivates biological activity in systems which have Rubber: No known effect
been rendered inactive by overloading, washout or use Synthetic rubber: No known effect
of aggressive cleaning products
• Eliminates the odours associated with sanitary PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
systems which are overloaded or blocked
656 571711 Non-returnable Plastic
• Cleans sewage holding tanks without the need for containers
manual entry
containing 12 kg.
• Clears pipes and systems blocked by organic waste
matter
• Clears organic materials in slow draining pipes and Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
scuppers this product
• Restarts septic sewage treatment plant.
• Keeps complete sanitary systems in optimum operati- For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
onal condition to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
• Eliminates the need for hazardous chemicals
• Cost-effective, saves time, money and manpower Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
described herein.
61
Marine
Chemicals
GAMAZYME FC
Biological in-depth floor cleaner for fat elimination BIO-ENZYMATIC CLEANING
in galley areas CLEANING THAT DOESN’T STOP WHEN YOU PUT AWAY
THE MOP
Product description
A technologically advanced Floor Care product that provi- Product Properties
des deep and effective cleaning through microbial activi- Appearance: Blue liquid
ty. Gamazyme FC is based on patented fatty acid degra- pH, in conc.: 7.5-9.0
ding bacteria strains and biodegradable surfactants. Density, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0
Regularly use of Gamazyme FC provides improved safety Flash Point, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
and hygiene in galley areas.
Compatibility:
How it works Metal: No known effect
Gamazyme FC is a unique floor care product that degra- Rubber: No known effect
des and eliminates accumulated grease and other organic
materials. Patented fatty acid degrading bacteria strains
produce enzymes specific for the breakdown of the har- PACKAGING: Product No. (in litres) Container
der to degrade fatty acid components of oils and fats 656 659391 5 Plastic
used in galley area. Excellent cleaning properties elimina-
te grease from floor surfaces resulting in reduced slippa- Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
ge and improved safet. Ingredients in Gamazyme FC this product
enable it to penetrate and clean embedded residual orga-
nics left in pores, cracks, corners, crevices and microsco- For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
pic pores in floor surfaces. Regularly use of Gamazyme FC to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
will eliminate odours that attract insects; the residual or-
ganics that they feed on will be eliminated. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Directions for Use and Dose Rates any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Gamazyme FC can be used for cleaning hard and soft product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
floor surfaces as well as porous materials. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Mix 50 - 100 ml to half a bucket of hand hot-water, de- described herein.
pending on the surface and amount of deposits to clean.
Use a mop or sponge to clean the surface and let stand.
No rinsing required. Spray cleaner etc. can be used for
removal of embedded residual organics left in cracks, cor-
ners etc.

• Excellent in-depth cleaning properties
• Reduced slippage and improved safety conditions in
galley area
• Penetrates porous floor surfaces to degrade accumu-
lated grease and other organic materials
• Contains specialized patented bacterial strains forming
enzymes that break down fatty acid components of
grease
• Eliminates odours that attract insects; the residual
organics that feed them are eliminated
• Friendly bacterial strains replace pathogenic bacteria
for improved hygiene
• Results in a fresher smelling galley area
• Safe to use on all surfaces
• Environmentally friendly
62
Marine
Chemicals
CARPET CLEANER
Soil extraction cleaner for carpets Product Properties
Appearance: Yellow white liquid
Product description pH, in conc: 9-10
Carpet Cleaner is a soil extraction cleaner for use on a Density, in g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0
wide range of carpets. Low foaming with a unique Flash Point, (PMCC) in °C: N/A
surfactant system that leaves no residue that contributes
to resoiling. Compatibility:
How it works Rubber: No known effect
Carpet Cleaner is designed for use with carpet cleaning
machines that force the cleaner into the carpet and
quickly vacuum it out again. As the exposure of soils to PACKAGING: Product No. (in litres) Container
the cleaner last only a few seconds, selected surfactants 651 659409 Non-returnable Plastic
will easily emulsify and remove the soils through the boxes of
extractor vacuum pick up process. 12x1 litres
plastic bottles
For use with carpet cleaning machines dose rates should Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
be 2%-5% depending on the quantity of soil. this product
To clean and deodorize carpets of organic residues such For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
as urine, dog faeces, tomato sauce, chocolate etc., spot to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
cleaning with Gamazyme MSC is recommended before
treatment with Carpet Cleaner. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Features, and benefits, any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
- Compatible with all known carpet cleaning machines product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
- Low foaming detergents goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
- Leaves no sticky residue that contributes to resoiling due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
- Biodegradable described herein.
- Safe to use, no special handling requirements
- Free of colorants
- Leaves a fresh odor
63
Marine
Chemicals
DEFOAMER CONCENTRATE
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Antifoam Features, Benefits and Applications
• Non-silicone defoamer
Product Description • Stable in alkaline conditions
Defoamer Concentrate is a non-silicone based water • Can be used in sewage and waste water systems
dispersible, liquid defoamer. It controls foaming in sewa- • Outstanding for all atmospheric, pressurised and
ge and waste water systems, and it is stable in continuous waste equipment
alkaline conditions. • Excellent to control foaming and remove foam when
Defoamer Concentrate can be used to remove foam in necessary
water based systems and collecting tanks in vacuum • Approved by ZENON Environmental Inc. for use in
toilet systems. membrane bio reactor systems
Directions for Use and Dose Rates Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Effective dosage will vary depending on foam origin, this product
stability and the area of defoamer application. Trials are
always the best way to determine defoaming capabilities For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
and efficiency. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Typical dosage is 10-30 ml/tonne, but proper dosage rate
to be determind by site testing. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
The recommended dosing method for sewage systems is company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
to premix 1 part of Defoamer Concentrate with 5 parts of any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
fresh water and pump this into the EVAC ejector tank. The product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
dosing is done about 1/2 hour before top load. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Product Properties described herein.
APPEARANCE: Yellow brown liquid
ODOUR: Slight odour
DENSITY in g/cm3 at 15°C(59°F): 0.83
pH in dilution: Neutral
FLASH POINT (CC): 85°C (125°F)
SHELF LIFE: 3 years
COMPATIBILITY:
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres): Container

659 624314 20 Bag in a box
(Cruise)
651 661843 25 Steel
64
Marine
Chemicals
BILGE WATER FLOCCULANT
Treatment of Oily Bilge Water Product Properties Ideal for use on

Cruise Ships
APPEARANCE: Clear liquid
Product description BULK WEIGHT: 1.3 kg/l
Bilge Water Flocculant is a very effective liquid treatment pH at 20°C: 1.3
based on Poly Aluminium Chloride (PAC) to separate oil COMPATIBILITY:
residues from bilge water. It is iron-free, and is complete- Metal: Corrosive to cast iron as concentrate.
ly safe to the environment. Non-corrosive to all metals at use
concentration.
Applications Rubber: No known effect
International environmental regulations set strict limits on Synthetic rubber: No known effect
the oil content in effluent water from ships. To meet
these regulations, a combination of mechanical and PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres): Container
chemical cleaning is necessary. Bilge Water Flocculant is 651 690669 25 Plastic
used in combination with multistage bilge water cleaning
systems that include mechanical separation of free oil,
emulsion breaking, flocculation and filtration. After Features, Benefits and Applications
dosing, Bilge Water Flocculant breaks the oil-in-water • Cost-effective bilge water treatment based on special-
emulsion created by contaminants in lubricating and fuel ly selected Poly Aluminium Chloride
oils, emulsifying cleaning agents etc. It then destabilises • Iron-free. Completely safe to the environment
the remaining small oil droplets and agglomerates them • Acts by both breaking the oil-in-water emulsion and by
into larger particles (flocs) that are easily collected by building flocs
filtering. • Helps to meet environmental regulations on oil
content. Discharged water contains normally less than
The efficiency of flocculants is normally strongly 3 ppm oil
dependent upon the water pH. Bilge Water Flocculant is • Remaining oil sludge can be burned onboard or
recognised as being effective in a wide pH range, from pumped ashore-contains very little water
5.5 to 9.5. The optimum pH range is 7.0-9.5, which is the • Low dosage, economical use
typical range for bilge water. This means that additional • Effective over an extended pH-range. Eliminates the
adjustment of the pH, with acids or alkalis, is unnecessary. use of pH-stabilising chemicals
Bilge Water Flocculant is also an excellent product for the • Approved by manufacturers of bilge water cleaning
removal of residual organic matter in sewage. Typical systems
dosage is 70 to 150 ml/tonne of sewage.
Directions for use and dose rates this product
Typical dose rate: 100 - 500 ppm (0.1 - 0.5 litre/m3 of
water) For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
In a multistage bilge water cleaning system, Bilge Water
Flocculant is fed undiluted through a dosage pump Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
connected to the pressure side of the oil descaler. The company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
floc tank is fed according to the flow of the bilge water any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
pumped into it. The feed is adjusted in connection with product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
the installation and normally needs no alteration. If goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
required, dosing can also be controlled by measuring the due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
level in the container. described herein.
65
Marine
Chemicals
REEFER CLEANER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Cleaning of Refrigerated Rooms Product Properties
Reefer Cleaner is a combination of a highly effective pH in conc.: 12.5
alkaline cleaners and disinfectant in one product. It COMPATIBILITY:
removes fat, grease and general dirt, leaving a clean Metal: No known effect
surface, free from bacteria and other micro-organisms. Rubber: No known effect
Contains no chlorine, phenols or heavy metals. Synthetic rubber: No known effect
Reefer Cleaner is used for cleaning and disinfection of PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
reefer cargo holds and storage spaces, deep freezers, 651 623983 20 Bag in a box
galleys and other food areas. Effective against viruses, (Cruise)
bacteria, algae, fungi and other micro-organisms. 651 661827 25 Plastic
Reefer Cleaner cleans and disinfects effectively even in
the presence of large quantities of organic materials such Features, Benefits and Applications
as blood and proteins. • Water based alkaline cleaner and disinfectant
• Biodegradable
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates • High tolerance in hard water
For general purpose cleaning duties use Reefer Cleaner in • Does not build up any resistance
1-5% solution with fresh water. Apply solution by spray, • Cleans and disinfects in one operation
brush, sponge or rag to the surface to be cleaned. • Removes bad odours
• Effective against both gram negative and gram
For cleaning large surface areas such as reefer cargo positive bacterias, fungi, mould, algae and mildew
holds, use Reefer Cleaner in 1-10% solution with fresh • Safe to use on all types of surfaces including alumi-
water. Apply solution by low pressure spray onto the nium and plastic
soiled surfaces, and follow by a rinse with a high pressure • Approved by The Norwegian Directorate of Fisheries
fresh water spray or jet.
A final rinse with a 1% solution of Reefer Cleaner in fresh Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
water, applied by low pressure spray, will give the surface this product
a temporary protection against new growth of
micro-organisms. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Reefer Cleaner can be applied on vertical surfaces
by adding Foam-Agent (Product no. 651 614537) for Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
increased resident time. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
described herein.
66
Marine
Chemicals
MUD & SILT REMOVER
Ballast Tank Mud Lifter Product Properties
Appearance White viscous liquid
Product Description Density, g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0
Mud & Silt Remover is a liquid compound. It keeps mud in FLASH POINT, PMCC) in °C: N/A
suspension and cleans fouled systems completely. pH, conc. at 20°C: 7-8
Shelf life: 12 month from production
Applications Compatibility:
Mud & Silt Remover removes sediments, silt and mud Metal: No known effect
from ballast tanks, cooling water systems, pipelines, etc. Rubber: No known effect
Directions for Use and Dose Rates PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres): Container
Mud & Silt Remover should be injected in small quantities
into the ballast or cooling water of the system to be 652 635326 25 Plastic
treated, prior to filling the tanks or the system. Heavy 652 661702 210 Plastic
deposits may require several treatments.
If product is regular dosed each time tanks are ballasted, • No acids, alkali or solvent
a maintenance dosage of 2.5 Ltr/100 tonnes of ballast • Biodegradable
water is recommended. • Non-toxic
• Non-flamable
To clean heavy accumulation a dose rate of 10 Ltr Mud & • Keeps mud in suspension and cleans fouled systems
Silt Remover per 100 tonnes of ballast water is • Removes sediments, silt and mud from ballast tanks,
recommended. cooling water systems, pipelines, etc.
• Inject in small quantities into the ballast or cooling
Inject Mud & Silt Remover preferably into the suction line water system to be cleaned
of the ballast or cooling water pump, to ensure thorough • Effective and economical in use
mixing with the incoming water. If possible, circulate the
water through the tanks and the suspended mud and silt Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
will be pumped out when deballasting. this product
Caution! For detailed information on safety and health, please refer

Spillages of Mud & Silt Remover should be avoided, as to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
floors, decks, etc. will become very slippery. Clean as
soon as possible. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
NOTE: SHELF LIFE - 24 MONTHS FROM PRODUCTION any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
described herein.
67
Marine
Chemicals
PENETRON PLUS
Penetron Plus Features, Benefits and Applications
• Liquid oil based product
Product Description • Low-toxic, emits no toxic fumes or vapours
Penetron Plus is a fast acting liquid compound containing • Fast acting penetration of rusty seized up parts
special oils and solvents that penetrate iron oxides and • Avoids cutting or burning off bolts from engines or
loosens carbon deposits. machinery
• Keeps tools clean and rust free
Applications • Dismantling of assemblies seized up from rust and
Penetron Plus loosens corroded parts as nuts, bolts, etc. soiling
• Cleaning of rusty and soiled metal parts
Directions for Use and Dose Rates • Protection of machinery parts and tools
Penetron Plus can be applied by brush, spray, spout from
can or used in a soak tank. Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
this product
For nuts, bolts and other corroded parts a few drops of
Penetron Plus on the thread and nut is usually sufficient to For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
free a seized thread. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Small rusty and soiled parts can be immersed in a tank, to Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
remove rust scale and soiling i.e. grease, tar and oils. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Use a brush or spray to prepare larger machinery parts for product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
dismantling, to free nuts and bolts and clean parts. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
For protection against rust, brush or spray a coating over described herein.
parts to be protected.
Always use Penetron Plus undiluted.
Product Properties
Appearance: Clear red liquid
Density, g/cm3 at 15°C: 0.8
FLASH POINT, PMCC) in °C: Above 61
pH, conc. at 20°C: N/A
Compatibility:
Rubber: Do not use with natural rubber compounds
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres): Container
651 575506 0,5 Can
68
Marine
Chemicals
ZINC COAT CONDITIONER
Cleaner For Zinc Based Tank Coatings Product Properties
Appearance: Clear liquid
Zinc Coat Conditioner is a clear organic liquid based on FLASH POINT, PMCC) in °C: N/A
acetates. pH, conc. at 20°C: 5.5
Compatibility:
Applications Metal: No known effect
Zinc Coat Conditioner cleans and upgrades coated Rubber: No known effect
cargo tanks that have contained leaded gasoline, carbon Synthetic rubber: No known effect
tetrachloride, methylene chloride or virgin naphtha. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres): Container
It is a cost effective way to remove lead, chloride, zinc, 652 661801 25 Plastic
salts and iron sulphite from the pores of zinc silicate and 652 625558 210 Plastic
epoxy coatings.
Direction of Use and Dose Rates • Organic based liquid cleaner
Zinc Coat Cleaner can be used neat on the surfaces to be • Biodegradable
cleaned if the normal cleaning procedures have failed to • Free from hydrocarbon solvents
remove metallic salts from the micro pores of the tank • Removal of white deposits (metallic salts) from tank
coating leaving the cargo tank unacceptable for the next coatings
cargo. • Can clean and upgrade coated cargo tanks after
It is recommended to establish the average penetration leaded gasoline, carbon tetrachloride, methylene chlo-
time of Zinc Coat Conditioner carrying out some tests on ride and virgin naphtha
small areas. • Cost effective in use
• IMO-approved
Spray Method
1. Apply 1 litre Zinc Coat Conditioner per 3-5 m2 of tank Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
surface. this product
2. Leave for about 15-45 minutes penetration time.
3. Wash down with fresh water and check the result. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
4. Repeat the procedure if necessary. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Recirculation method Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary

1. A washing solution of max. 10% Zinc Coat Conditioner company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
with fresh water should be prepared in a mixing tank. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
2. The cleaning solution should be heated up to max. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
45°C. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
3. Using tank cleaning machine the solution should be due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
recirculated up to 45 minutes. described herein.
4. Rinse with freshwater and check the result.
5. Repeat cleaning procedure if necessary.
69
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
70
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
71
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
72
Water
Treatment
Marine
Chemicals
WATER TREATMENT

Boiler water Treatment
Scale deposits in auxiliary or low pressure Condition hardness salts for blowdown. Combitreat
boilers causing reduced efficiency. Maintain correct alkalinity for scale and Liquitreat
corrosion control Autotreat
Corrosion in low pressure boilers as a result Increase alkalinity to neutralise Combitreat

of high boiler water acid levels (low alkalinity). acids, precipitate salts and Liquitreat
corrosion control Autotreat
Scale deposits in boilers of all pressures Condition hardness salts for blowdown. Hardness Control,
Efficiency reduced by scale deposits caused Maintain optimum pH, alkalinity and Alkalinity Control
by excess of hardness salts. Results: scale phosphate levels for scale and corrosion
reduced efficiency. control.
Corrosion in boilers as a result of dissolved Remove dissolved oxygen Oxygen Control Cat
oxygen. Sulphite L (CSL) Oxygen
Scavenger Plus
Corrosion in feedwater and condensate Increase and maintain condensate pH to Condensate

systems as a result of dissolved CO2. neutralise acids by using a volatile amine. Control
Sludge deposits in boiler systems, causing Use sludge conditioner to prevent the Boiler
reduced flow and inefficient heat transfer. formation of adherent deposits. Coagulant
Oil contamination of boilers, steam Coagulate oil for removal by blowdown. Boiler
systems and feedwater. (As a temporary measure, increase alkalinity). Coagulant
Cooling water Treatment

Corrosion in closed circuit cooling or heating Passivate metal surfaces and maintain Dieselguard NB
systems - e.g.diesel engines. stable pH to prevent damage to the system Rocor NB Liquid
Corrosion in closed circuit cooling systems Protect the metal surface while Cooltreat AL
with Aluminium components maintaining low Alkalinity
Bacterial contamination in cooling water Kill bacteria Mar-71

system
Sea water Treatment

Sea water intakes and sea water systems Inject dispersant into seachest to deter Bioguard
blocked by mussels and barnacles. biological contamination.
Corrosion in sea water lines, bilges and Condition metal surfaces to inhibit Bioguard
ballast tanks. corrosion.
Evaporator Treatment
Scale deposits in sea water evaporators, Prevent crystal growth and scale Vaptreat
causing restriction of water flow, reduced formulation.
heat transfer efficiency, lower output, risk
of foaming, carry over and contamination
of condensate.
Potable Water Treatment

Corrosion in potable water system, Corrosion prevention. Potable Water
"Red water" Stabiliser
73
Marine
Chemicals
COMBITREAT
Boiler Water Conditioner for Low Pressure Boilers Our recommended control limits are:
(Up to 16 Bar) p-Alkalinity: 100-300 ppm CaCO3 Chlorides: 200 ppm
Cl max. Condensate pH 8.3-9.0
Product Description
These are recommended values based on experience,
Combitreat is a dry powder containing alkalinity builders,
and are in no way intended to replace the boiler
phosphates and sludge conditioners.
manufacturers specifications, or company regulations.
Directions for Use Excessive chlorides are removed by blowdown.
The main attributes of Combitreat fall into the following Product Properties
categories: APPEARANCE: Tan powder
Control of alkalinity: pH (0.3 wt%): 10
The correct level of alkalinity ensures that optimum COMPABILITY:
conditions exist for: Metal: Avoid aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys
Precipitation of hardness salts in conjunction with Rubber: No known effect
phosphate.
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container
Neutralisation of acidic conditions.
Avoidance of caustic corrosion. 655 571265 25 Steel
Control of magnesium and calcium salts.
Control of hardness: Combitreat provides a phosphate Features, Benefits and Applications
reserve to effectively react with and precipitate the • Combined conditioning treatment for simplified dosing
hardness salts introduced with the feedwater. and handling
Conditioning of sludge: Boiler sludge can only be removed • Suitable for use with all auxiliary boilers; waste heat
by blowdown if it is free flowing, Combitreat will ensure units; economisers; package boilers; smoke and water
this by preventing the sludge from adhering to metal tube boilers, up to 16 bar pressure
surfaces. The resulting sludge is composed of small • Boiler kept at peak level efficiency
particles flowing towards the bottom of the boiler. • Heating surfaces maintained at optimum thermal
conditions
Dosing Methods • Dispersant action suspends sludge and sediment
Combitreat is best dosed by means of a bypass pot particles
feeder directly into the boiler feed line. • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the
Public Health for the use in system where steam is
Sampling and Testing used for drinking water production
A representative sample of boiler water should be drawn
for analysis daily. The sample should always be taken Additional Information
from the same point after blowdown, cooled and tested • Wilhelmsen Ships Service strongly recommends the
immediately. Follow the Spectrapak Test Kit instructions use of Condensate Control in conjunction with
and log the results on the log sheets provided by Unitor. Combitreat. Condensate Control is a volatile amine
These log sheets should be sent to Unitor's Rapid that neutralizes carbonic acid in the condensate return
Response centre for review and comments. It is • To minimize oxygen corrosion, Wilhelmsen Ships
important that regular testing is carried out to ensure that Service recommends the use of an oxygen scavenger
treatment levels are correct. and to maintain the temperature of the hotwell at a
minimum of 80°C
Product Dosage and Control Limits
Initial dosage for an untreated system is 400 grams Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Combitreat/1000 litres of boiler capacity. This will bring this product
the treatment up to a suitable level of 200 ppm For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
p-Alkalinity. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
The dosage chart given below is for convenience in
calculating the amount of Combitreat required to bring
the level to the point between the minimum and
maximum (mid point: 200 ppm. p. Alkalinity.)
P-Alkalinity (as ppm CaCO3) 0 50 100 150 200 225 300 350 400 goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Dosage of Combitreat 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0 0 blowdown due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
Kg/1000L described herein.
74
Marine
Chemicals
LIQUITREAT
Liquid Boiler Water Conditioner for Boilers up to Our recommended control limits are:
• p-Alkalinity: 100-300 ppm CaCO3.
30 Bar Pressure • Chlorides: 200 ppm Cl max.
• Condensate pH 8.3-9.0.
Product Description
Liquitreat is a liquid blend of alkaline compounds, scale These are recommended values based on experience,
and corrosion inhibitors, oxygen scavengers and sludge and are in no way intended to replace the boiler
conditioners. manufacturers specifications, or company regulations.
Excessive chlorides are removed by blowdown.
Directions for Use
The main attributes of Liquitreat fall into the following Product Properties
categories: APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
Control of alkalinity: The correct level of alkalinity ensures DENSITY, g/ml at 15°C: 1.1
that optimum conditions exist for: pH: 13-14
Precipitation of hardness salts in conjunction with COMPABILITY:
phosphate. Metal: Avoid aluminium, zinc galvanised steel.
Neutralisation of acid conditions. Avoidance of caustic Rubber: No known effect
corrosion. Control of magnesium and calcium salts. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container
Control of hardness: Liquitreat provides a phosphate
655 571273 25 Plastic
reserve to effectively react with and precipitate the
hardness salts introduced with the feedwater.
Conditioning of sludge: Boiler sludge can only be removed
by blowdown if it is free flowing. Liquitreat will ensure this
• Liquid conditioning treatment for simplified dosing and
handling
by preventing the sludge from adhering to metal surfaces.
The resulting sludge is composed of small particles
• Suitable for use with auxiliary boilers; waste heat units
• Smoke or water tube boilers; up to 30 bar pressure
flowing towards the bottom of the boiler. • Boiler kept at peak level efficiency
Control of oxygen: Oxygen scavenging becomes more • Heating surfaces are maintained at optimum thermal
important with the increase in boiler pressure. The conditions
oxygen scavenger will effectively react with dissolved • Dispersant action suspends sludge and sediment
oxygen even at lower temperatures. particles for efficient blowdown
Dosing Methods • Oxygen scavenging for optimum protection
Liquitreat is best fed into the boiler feed line by means of • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the
Public Health for the use in system where steam is
by-pass pot feeder. The amount required for dosage can
used for drinking water production
be obtained from the dosage chart. Consult your
Wilhelmsen Ships Service representative for specific
Additional Information
dosing instructions. Liquitreat can also be fed using
Unitor's BWT dosing system.
• Unitor strongly recommends the use of Condensate
Control in conjunction with Liquitreat. Condensate
Sampling and Testing Control is a volatile amine that neutralizes carbonic
A representative sample of boiler water should be drawn acid in the condensate return
for analysis daily. The sample should always be taken from • For optimum protection against oxygen corrosion, we
the same point after blowdown, cooled and tested imme- recommend to maintain a minimum temperature of
diately. Follow the Spectrapak test kit instructions and log 80°C in the hotwell
the results on the log sheets provided by Wilhelmsen • This product is formulated for use in conjunction with
Ships Service. These log sheets should be sent to good quality feed water
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid Response centre for
review and comments. It is important that regular testing Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
this product
is carried out to ensure levels of treatment are correct.
Product Dosage and Control Limits For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Initial dosage for an untreated system is 2.4 litres of to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Liquitreat/1000 litres of boiler capacity. This will bring the
treatment up to a suitable level of 200 ppm Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
p-Alkalinity. The dosage chart given below is for company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
convenience in calculating the amount required to bring any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
the level to the mid point between the minimum and product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
maximum (mid point 200 ppm. p-Alkalinity.) goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
P-Alkalinity (as ppm CaCO3) 0 50 100 150 200 225 300 350 400
described herein.
Dosage of Liquitreat 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 0 0 Blowdown
ltrs/1000
75
Marine
Chemicals
AUTOTREAT
Boiler Water Conditioner for Boilers up to 30 Bar P-Alkalinity (as ppm CaCO3) 0 50 100 150 200 225 300 350 400
Pressure Dosage of Autotreat 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 0 0 Blowdown
ltrs/1000
Our recommended control limits are:
Product Description • p-Alkalinity: 100-300 ppm CaCO3.
Autotreat is an advanced liquid boiler water treatment • Chlorides: 200 ppm Cl max.
• Condensate pH 8.3-9.0.
chemical, formulated with alkaline compounds, scale and
corrosion inhibitors, volatile amines for protection of These are recommended values based on experience,
condensate system, and sludge conditioner. and are in no way intended to replace the boiler
The product combines well known phospate treatment manufacturers specifications, or company regulations.
with new polymer technology. This ensures that precipita- Excessive chlorides are removed by blowdown.
tes are kept soft and nonadherent for easy removal by
blowdown. Product Properties
Dosing Method DENSITY: 1.1
The product should preferably be dosed continuously pH: 13-14
with a Unitor Boiler Water Treatment Dosing Unit. COMPABILITY:
Alternatively the product can be fed into the feed line by Metal: Avoid aluminium, zinc and galvanised steel.
means of a by-pass pot feeder. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
655 698720 25 Plastic
Dosage
Initial dose for an untreated system is 2.4 litres of Features, Benefits and Applications
Autotreat per ton boiler capacity. This will bring the • Liquid boiler water treatment chemical for simplified
treatment up to a suitable level of about 200 ppm dosing and handling
p-Alkalinity. The provided dosing chart is convenient for • Suitable for all boilers, up to 30 Bar pressure
calculation of the amount of chemical required. • Prevents scaling and corrosion, increasing system life
and reliability
Sampling and Testing • Contains volatile amines to neutralise acids occurring
A representative sample of boiler water should be drawn in condensate system
for analysis daily. The sample should always be taken • Dispersant action suspends sludge and sediment
particles for efficient removal by blowdown
from the same point after Blowdown, cooled and tested
immediately. • Ideal for use with Unitor's Boiler Water Management
System, suitable for dosing with Unitor Boiler Water
Follow the Spectrapack test kit instructions and log the Treatment Dosing Unit
results on the log sheets provided by Wilhelmsen Ships • Keeps boiler tube surfaces clean, promoting the best
Service. These sheets should be sent to Wilhelmsen heat transfer conditions
Ships Service Rapid Response centre for review and • Simple testing to determine treatment level
comments. It is important that regular testing is carried
Additional Information
out, to ensure correct level of treatment is maintained.
• The product should always be used in conjunction
with an oxygen scavenger, Oxygen Scavenger Plus is
Product Dosage and Control Limits
recommended
Initial dosage for an untreated system is 2.4 litres of
Autotreat/ton of boiler capacity. This will bring the treat- • This product is formulated for use in conjunction with
ment up to a suitable level of 200 ppm p-Alkalinity. The do- good quality feed water
sage chart given below is for convenience in Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
calculating the amount required to bring the level to the this product
mid point between the minimum and maximum
(mid point 200 ppm. p-Alkalinity.) For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
described herein.
76
Marine
Chemicals
CAT SULPHITE L (CSL)
Oxygen Scavenger Note the number of No. 2 tablets used. Multiply the
number of No. 2 tablets used by 4 and subtract 2 from the
Product Description result. This gives the Sulphite concentration in the water
CSL is a sodium sulphite based product in ready to use expressed as mg/l Na2SO3 .
liquid form. The catalyst ensures rapid elimination of This calculation is represented by the formula below:
oxygen in the boiler system. CSL should be used in For a 50 ml sample
conjunction with other Unitor boiler water treatment pro- Sulphite (as Na2SO3) = (No. of No. 2 tablets x 4) - 2
ducts. Note that the Sulphite No.1 tablets are to condition the
Oxygen is highly corrosive in the boiler system, even in sample only. Do not include these tablets in the
small amounts. Elevated temperature operation of the calculation of sulphite level.
hotwell is a good practice to remove gases like oxygen.
Cleaning: Thoroughly rinse out sample container after use.
Even so, the feed water contains oxygen which can
create severe corrosion, shown as deep and local pitting. The test results indicate the level of treatment in the
This will quickly cause failure of the boiler metal. CSL boiler. If levels are incorrect, the treatment will have to be
reacts with oxygen to form inert sodium sulphate, thus adjusted accordingly, with more frequent testing until a
preventing oxygen attack. steady state is reached. It is important that regular
testing is carried out to ensure levels of treatment are
Dosage
correct.
The quantity of CSL required depends on the operation of
the boiler system. As a guide 10 ppm sulphite is required Product Properties
to react with 1 ppm oxygen. APPEARANCE: Pale Pink Liquid
A reserve of 20 to 50 ppm sulphite is to be maintained in pH:(10 wt%) 4
the boiler water, determined by regular testing. SPESIFIC GRAVITY 1.3
A normal dosage is approximately 1 ltr per day, depending COMPABILITY:
on system layout. Metal: May corrode metal
Dosing Method
For optimal results CSL should be dosed continuously by PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container
means of a metering pump into the feed line, after the 655 575662 25 Plastic
recirculation valve. CSL can be fed using Unitor's BWT
dosing system. Slug dosing into the hotwell as well as Features, Benefits and Applications
low hotwell temperatures will strongly reduce the • Concentrated liquid product
efficiency of this treatment. • Protects the boiler from oxygen corrosion
Sampling and Testing • Catalysed product for very rapid action
A representative sample of boiler water should be drawn • Reacts at low temperature
for analysis daily. Samples should be taken after • Will assist mechanical deaeration
blowdown, cooled and tested immediately. Samples • Simple control test
should always be taken from the same location. The • Should be used in conjunction with other Unitor
results should be recorded on the log sheets provided by treatements
Wilhelmsen Ships Service. These logs should be sent to • CSL should be dosed seperately from other boiler
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid Response center for water treatments
review and comments. It is important that regular Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
testing is carried out to ensure that treatment levels are this product
maintained within correct chemical limits.
Sulphite Test Kit to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Product no: 661 574913
Range: 0 - 50 mg/l Na2 SO3 Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Test Procedure any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Take a sample of the water under test in the sample product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
container, filling to the 50 ml mark. Add two Sulphite No. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
1 tablets, stopper the container and swirl gently to due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
disintegrate tablets. described herein.
Then add one Sulphite No. 2 tablet and swirl the
container gently until the tablet disintegrates. Continue
adding Sulphite No. 2 tablets in this manner one at a time
until a blue colour appears.
77
Marine
Chemicals
OXYGEN SCAVENGER PLUS
Catalysed Deha Solution for Oxygen Scavenging in Sampling and Testing
Boilers A representative sample of Condensate should be drawn
for analysis daily. The sample should always be taken
Product Description from the same sampling point, cooled and tested
Oxygen Scavenger Plus is a catalysed liquid solution of di- immediately.
ethylhydroxylamine (DEHA). Its volatile properties ensure Follow the Spectrapack 313 test kit instructions and log
distribution throughout the boiler and condensate system, the results on the logs provided by Wilhelmsen Ships
and hence protects against oxygen corrosion in all parts Service. It is important that regular testing is carried out,
of the system. The product also provides the required to ensure the correct level of treatment is maintained.
conditions for the establishment of a passivating layer of
magnetite on all inner surfaces. Oxygen Scavenger Plus is Product Properties
a low toxicity product, suitable for high, medium and low APPEARANCE: Light yellow Liquid
pressure boiler systems. pH: 10.5
DENSITY: 1.0
Directions for Use PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres)
This product is formulated for use in conjunction with
Wilhelmsen Ships Service co-ordinated or combined treat- 655 698712 25
ment programmet.
Oxygen Scavenger Plus can be used in any boiler system, • Fast acting, liquid oxygen scavenger
and in conjunction with mechanical deaeration systems. • Safe and easy to use, low toxicity
Removal of dissolved oxygen is vital for prevention of cor- • Reduces corrosion of iron and copper, increasing
rosion and especially pitting corrosion in boilers. When system life and reliability
dosed into a boiler system, Oxygen Scavenger Plus will • Neutralises acids occurring in condensate system
react with dissolved oxygen and form non corrosive com- • Volatile product, provides distribution and protection
pounds. The product is volatile, and left over product from throughout the boiler system, economical in use
oxygen scavenging in the pre-boiler section will evapora- • Ideal for use with the Unitor Boiler Water
te and assist protection of the steam and condensate Management System, suitable for use in conjunction
system. No solid materials are produced when using with Wilhelmsen Ships Service combined and co-ordi-
Oxygen Scavenger Plus. nated treatment programmes
• Organic product, no dissolved solids added
Dosage • Simple test to determine treatment level
Dosing should be controlled so that the DEHA residual in
the condensate is between 0,08-0,30 ppm. The Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
consumption will depend on feed water temperature and this product
the amount of water fed into the boiler. For more
information about initial dosage and dose rate please For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
consult your nearest Customer Service Centre. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Dosing Method Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary

Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends continuously into company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
the boiler feed line using the Boiler Water Treatment any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Dosing Unit. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
described herein.
Oxygen Scavenger Plus Dosing Chart
DEHA test result in condensate, (ppm)

0-0.14 0.04-0.08 0.08-0.12 0.12-0.16 0.16-0.20 0.20-0.25 0.25-0.30 0.30-0.35 0.35-0.40 0.40+
Increase dose Satisfactory, maintain daily dose rate Decrease dose
by 25 % by 25 %
78
Marine
Chemicals
HARDNESS CONTROL
Phosphate Treatment for Boiler Water Product Properties
Appearance: White powder
Product Description pH, (1 wt %): Natural
Hardness Control is a highly soluble, dry powder product COMPABILITY:
used for the reduction of hardness in boilers. It will Metal: No known effect
precipitate calcium hardness as a non-adherent sludge. Rubber: No known effect
Directions for Use
Hardness Control is part of the Wilhelmsen Ships Service 655 571299 25 Steel
co-ordinated treatment programme. It is formulated to
form a precipitate with calcium ions which will not adhere Features, Benefits and Applications
to metal surfaces but are in a form suitable for blowdown. • Highly active phosphate based compound
Economical
Dosage • Easily dissolved in water for dosing
Hardness Control is used in controlled amounts so that a • Scale problems due to calcium are eliminated
free phosphate level is maintained in the boiler. This level • Maintains sludge in a non-adherent state for removal
is determined by the boiler pressure (see table for normal by blow down
levels). Initial dosage is dependent on the quality of feed • Simple test to determine level of treatment
water. To raise the phosphate level during normal • Can be used for boilers of all pressures
operation, dose 23 grams per ton of distilled water to • Unitor Hardness Control does not influence the
raise the phosphate level by 20 ppm P04. alkalinity in the system
• Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the
Dosing Method Public Health for the use in system where steam is
For optimum results dose Hardness Control direct to the used for drinking water production
boiler via the bypass pot-feeder. The dry powder should
be dissolved in hot water (50°C) at a ratio of 1 part Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
powder to twenty parts condensate (e.g. 500 grams/10 this product
litres). Ensure that treatment is fully dissolved before
dosing. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer

described herein.
Hardness Control – Dosage - Grams/ton
Pressure Phosphate test result in p.p.m PO4 Standard Initial

Range Range dose
0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50+ gram/tonne
0-40 Bar 23 11.5 Satisfactory Satisfactory Satisfactory Blowdown 20-50 23
0-588 Psi 23 11.5 Satisfactory Satisfactory Satisfactory Blowdown 20-50 23
41-60 Bar 17 5.5 Satisfactory Blowdown Blowdown Blowdown 15-30 17
603-880 Psi 17 5.5 Satisfactory Blowdown Blowdown Blowdown 15-30 17
>60 Bar Satisfactory Satisfactory Blowdown Blowdown Blowdown 10-25 17
>880 Psi Satisfactory Satisfactory Blowdown Blowdown Blowdown 10-25 17
These are recommended values based on experience and are in no way intended to replace the boiler manufacturer's
specifications or company regulations.
79
Marine
Chemicals
ALKALINITY CONTROL
Concentrated Liquid Alkalinity Boiler Water Features, Benefits and Applications
Treatment • Convenient liquid treatment which provides the basic
alkalinity on which successful water treatment depends
Product Description • Maintains alkalinity within optimum limits
Concentrated liquid alkaline product for corrosion and scale • Provides optimum conditions for hardness control to function
control in boilers. • Assists in precipitation and blowdown of magnesium and cal-
cium salts
Directions for Use • Neutralises acid conditions
This treatment is part of Wilhelmsen Ships Service Co- • Allows efficiency to be maintained, and reduces maintenance.
ordinated Treatment Programme. Alkalinity Control provides • Can be used with most treatment chemicals, in conjuncti-
the alkaline conditions for Hardness Control to function on with a coordinated treatment programme
correctly. • Will assist in keeping silica in suspension
Without the correct precipitation and subsequent blowdown • Simple test to determine level of treatment
of hardness salts, scale will form. This will result in restriction • Can be used in boilers of all pressures
in water flow, ineffective heat transfer and local corrosion. • Can be used as a neutraliser after acid cleaning operations
The end effect would be an inefficient boiler and ultimately in different systems
component failure. • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the Public
Alkalinity Control also provides the alkaline conditions Health for the use as neutraliser after acid cleaning
required for corrosion control, by neutralisation of acidic gases. operations in fresh water generators
Dosage product
A proper level of treatment is maintained by testing for
p-Alkalinity. The level is determined by the pressure and type For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
of boiler. Refer to the dosage tables overleaf for correct dose Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
rates. The normal method of raising the alkalinity level is by
adding the required quantity of Alkalinity Control after testing Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
for p-Alkalinity. 225 ml/ton will raise the p-Alkalinity by 100 ppm. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
Dosing Method not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
For optimum results dose Alkalinity Control direct to the boiler directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
with a Boiler Water Treatment Dosing Unit, or via a bypass hazards from improper use of the goods described herein.
pot-feeder installed in the boiler feed line.
Sampling and Testing
Product Properties A representative sample of boiler water should be drawn for
Appearance: Colourless liquid analysis daily. The sample should always be taken from the
Density, g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.3 same point after blowdown, cooled and tested immediately.
pH (1 Vol %): 13 Follow the Spectrapak Test Kit instructions and log the results
COMPABILITY: on the log sheets provided by Wilhelmsen Ships Service.
Metal: Corrosive to aluminium, magnesium, zinc and tin. These log sheets should be sent to Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Rubber: No known effect. Rapid Response center for review and comments. It is
important that regular testing is carried out to ensure levels of
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container treatment are correct.
655 571307 25 Plastic
USING THE TABLE: Select the section corresponding to
the pressure of the boiler to be treated and read across the
table to obtain the level of treatment required.
Alkalinity Control - Dosage - ml/ton
Pressure p-Alkalinity test result ppm CaCO3 Standard Initial Dose

Range Range millilitres/
0-60 60-90 90-100 100-110 110-120 120-150 150+ p.Alkalinity Tonne
0-30 Bar 225 110 70 Satisfactory Satisfactory Satisfactory Blow 100-150 280
0-441 Psi No Dose No Dose No Dose Down
31-40 Bar 190 80 60 Satisfactory Satisfactory Blow Blow 100-130 260
456-588 Psi No Dose No Dose Down Down
41-60 Bar 170 80 60 Satisfactory Satisfactory Blow Blow 100-120 235
603-882 Psi No Dose No Dose Down Down
225 ml Alkalinity Control per ton will raise the p.Alkalinity by 100 ppm. Proper treatment should normally give a pH
between 9.5 and 11. These are recommended values based on experience and are in no way intended to replace the
boiler manufacturer's specifications or company regulations.
80
Marine
Chemicals
OXYGEN CONTROL
Hydrazine Solution for Oxygen Scavenging in Product Properties
Boilers Appearance: Colourless liquid
Product Description pH, (1 vol%): 9
Oxygen Control is a catalysed liquid hydrazine oxygen COMPABILITY:
scavenger for boiler and steam line corrosion protection. As Metal: Avoid copper, brass, aluminium
an additional benefit it will assist to neutralise dissolved Rubber: No known effect
carbon dioxide. It provides the required conditions for the PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container
establishment of a passivating layer (magnetite) in the boiler
and condensate system. 655 571315 25 Plastic
Directions for Use Sampling and Testing

This product is used in conjunction with Wilhelmsen Ships A representative sample of boiler water should be drawn for
Service co-ordinated treatment programme and Wilhelmsen analysis daily. The sample should always be taken from the
Ships Service combined treatment programmes. same point after blowdown, cooled and tested immediately.
Oxygen Control can be used in all boiler systems, from low to Follow the Spectrapak Test Kit instructions and log the
high pressures and in conjunction with mechanical deaeration results on the log sheets provided by Wilhelmsen Ships
systems. Service. These log sheets should be sent to Wilhelmsen Ships
The treatment combines with dissolved oxygen to form water Service Rapid Response center for review and comments.
and inert nitrogen gas, thus effectively removing O2 from the It is important that regular testing is carried out to ensure le-
water. No solid materials are produced, so there is no vels of treatment are correct.
contribution to the increase in total dissolved solids -a critical
factor in high pressure boilers. The removal of dissolved Features, Benefits and Applications
oxygen is vital for preventing oxygen pitting and corrosion in • Oxygen Control is a liquid product, easy to feed
boilers. Oxygen Control reacts with ferrous and non-ferrous • Does not contribute to conductivity
oxides to prevent general corrosion.Ferric oxide (red rust, • Protects boiler, steam lines, condensate lines and feed
Fe2O3) is converted to magnetite (black iron oxide, Fe3O4), water lines from corrosion
which is a tough corrosion resistant oxide which seals the • Fast action due to catalyst
metal surface. The term for this is 'passivating' the surfaces, • Assists mechanical deaeration
so that they are protected from further corrosion. • Simple test to determine level of treatment
• Oxygen control can be used to condition the water used
Dosage for laying up the boiler in a wet condition. Refer to Unitor's
The objective is to maintain a hydrazine residual between Water Treatment Handbook or contact Wilhelmsen Ships
0.05-0.2 ppm depending on operating pressure and boiler de- Service for details
sign. Actual consumption is determined under operating con-
ditions. A normal dosage is approximately 1 ltr. per day,
product
depending of system layout.
Dosing Method Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
For optimum protection, Oxygen Control should be fed
continuously into the boiler feed line, after the feed pump Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
recirculating valve, using Unitor's BWT dosing systems. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
For steam turbine systems, Oxygen Control can be dosed into well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
the cross over between the H.P. and L.P. turbines or the not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
storage section of the deaerator for full protection. directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
hazards from improper use of the goods described herein.
Oxygen Control dosage parameters for distilled water
Pressure Hydrazine test result in p.p.m Standard PPM
Range 0-0.05 0.05-0.10 0.10-0.15 0.15-0.2 0.2+ Hydrazine
0-40 bar Increase Increase Satisfactory Decrease 0.1-0.2
0-588 Psi Dosage Dosage Maintain Daily Dosage
by 25% by 25% Dose Rate by 25%
41-60 bar Increase Increase Satisfactory Decrease Decrease 0.1-0.15
603-882 Dosage Dosage Maintain Daily Dosage Dosage
Psi by 25% by 25% Dose Rate by 25% by 25%
>60 bar Increase Satisfactory Decrease Decrease Decrease 0.05-0.10
<897 Psi Dosage Maintain Daily Dosage Dosage Dosage
by 25% Dose Rate by 25% by 25%
These are recommended valves based on experience and are in no way intended to replace the boiler maufacturer's
specifications or company regulations. When wet lay-up of the boiler is required then a minimum dosage of 1.25
litres/tonne is required. Refer to Unitor's Water Treatment Handbook or contact Unitor for details.
81
Marine
Chemicals
CONDENSATE CONTROL
Liquid Condensate Corrosion Control for Boiler Follow the Spectrapak test kit instructions and log the
Systems results on the log sheets provided by Wilhelmsen Ships
Service. These log sheets should be sent to Wilhelmsen
Product Description Ships Service Rapid Response center for review and com-
Concentrated liquid neutralising agent for corrosion ments. It is important that regular testing is carried out to
control in condensate and feed water systems. ensure levels of treatment are correct. Use dosage chart
to maintain condensate pH between 8.3-9.0.
Directions for Use
Condensate Control is a blend of volatile liquid amines Product Properties
with differing liquid/steam distributions ratios that neutra- Appearance: Colorless liquid
lise the acid contaminants in condensate and feed water Density, g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.0
thus providing protection against acid corrosion in the pH (1 Vol%) 10
complete system. COMPABILITY:
This product is used in conjuction with Wilhelmsen Ships Metal: Avoid copper, brass, aluminium
Service co-ordinated treatment programme and Rubber: No known effect
Wilhelmsen Ships Service combined treatment progams.
The most common cause of acid corrosion in condensate
and feed water systems is dissolved carbon dioxide. 655 571323 25 Plastic
Condensate Control neutralises this acid and maintains
the condensate and feedwater in an alkaline condition
Dosage and Control • Easy to use liquid treatment
The condensate is tested for pH to determine the dosage • Neutralises the acids occurring in the condensate system
level. The pH limits are 8.3-9.0. • Less maintenance required. Lower operating costs
and increased reliability
For an average system e.g. 10 m3, the dosage is
approximately 0.65 ltr/day • Volatilizes and carries over with the steam and so is
recycled. Dosage is economical and efficient
• Simple test to determine level of treatment
Dosing Method • Used for protection of condensate and feed water
systems in boiler systems of all pressures.
Condensate Control is best dosed continously using a
Unitor Boiler Water Treatment Dosing Unit. The treatment
can be dosed together with Oxygen Control.
this product
Suitable dosage points are: For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
• Boiler feed line after recirculating valve to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
• Condensate pump discharge Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Condensate Control can be fed using Unitor's BWT dosing company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
systems. Consult your Unitor representative for specific any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
dosing instructions. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Sampling and Testing due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
A representative sample of condensate should be drawn described herein.
for analysis daily. The sample should always be taken
from the same point, cooled and tested immediately.
Condensate Control dosage parameters
Condensate pH from testing

Less than 8.3 Standard Over 9.0 Standard
8.3-9.0 range 0.10-0.15 pH Range
Increase Dosage Satisfactory Decrease Dosage
All Boiler groups By 25% for 72 hours Maintain By 25% for 72 hours 8.3-9.0
and Retest Dosage and Retest
These are recommended values based on experience and are in no way intended to replace the boiler manufacturer's
specifications or company regulations.
82
Marine
Chemicals
BOILER COAGULANT
Boiler Water Sludge Conditioner Product Properties
Appearance: Amber liquid
Liquid sludge conditioner designed to prevent deposits. pH (neat) 9
COMPATIBILITY:
Directions for Use Metal: No known effect
Boiler Coagulant prevents the formation of deposits on Rubber: No known effect
boiler internal surfaces. Sludge is kept dispersed in small
particles and conditioned to be removed by normal PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container
blowdown. In this way tube overheating due to deposits 655 571331 25 Plastic
is avoided.
The treatment is primarily used in conjunction with
Hardness Control, but also with other Unitor chemical Features, Benefits and Applications
treatments. • Liquid product, easy to feed
Boiler Coagulant can also be used where minor oil • Prevents the formation of adherent deposits and
contamination has been experienced, the oil being sludges in boilers
required to be coagulated for removal by blowdown. • Keeps sludge dispersed for efficient removal by
However, it must be noted that if oil contamination is blowdown
continuous and excessive, off-line cleaning will be re- • Keeps boilers clean and extends boiler operational
quired. The source of oil contamination must be stopped time between cleaning
immediately. • Used in conjunction with Wilhelmsen Ships Service
Chemical service standard range of boiler water
Dosage treatments
The initial dosage is 20 ml of treatment daily for every ton • Used to coagulate small amounts of oil which have
of boiler capacity. Daily bottom blowdown is required contaminated the boiler water
when using Boiler Coagulant.
Dosing Method this product
For optimum results dose Boiler Coagulant directly to the
boiler via the bypass pot-feeder. Boiler Coagulant is For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
compatible with any Boiler Water Treatment and dosing to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
can be combined.
described herein.
83
Marine
Chemicals
POTABLE WATER STABILISER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Treatment of Potable Water Systems Product Properties
APPEARANCE: White powder
Product Description pH in 10% solution: Neutral
Potable Water Stabiliser is a concentrated, highly soluble COMPATIBILITY:
polyphosphate in powder form. Metal: No known effect
Directions for Use and Dose Rates Synthetic rubber: No known effect
Potable Water Stabiliser effectively and economically
provides scale and corrosion control in potable water PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container
systems and other shipboard once-through water 659 624916 25 Steel
systems.
Dosage varies between 4-8 mg/ltr for ordinary water Features, Benefits and Applications
treatment. For drinking water, dosage should always be
kept at or below 9 mg/l (9 g/ton).
• Prevents “Red Water” in potable water systems
The powder product should not be dosed directly into the
• Provides scale and corrosion control in hot water
heaters, coolers and water tanks
water system. A water solution should be made prior to
dosing.
• Controls corrosion in pipelines and other equipment
handling softened or evaporated water
Make a 5% solution in fresh water by adding the powder
• Effective at temperatures up to 60°C (140°F)
slowly to the water while stirring. The solution should
• Increases system life and reduces maintenance costs
preferably be portioned to maintain the desired dosage,
• Approved by Norwegian National Institute of Public
Health as an additive to drinking water. Approved by
either by means of a simple bypass feeder, or with Unitor NSF according to Standard 60
Dosing System for Water Treatment.
• No restrictions on use of the treated water as
feed water to boilers or engine cooling systems
The product can be injected into the discharge lines of the
fresh water generator or directly into the fresh water Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
pumps’ suction manifold. If a high percentage of shore this product
water is used the solution must be ”slug” dosed into the
tanks prior to taking water. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Inject the 5% solution at a rate of 0.12 litres per m3 of
water to obtain a 6 mg/L concentration. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Examples any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
For 20 m3 per day: Dose 0.1 litres/hour = product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
2.4 litres/day of the solution. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
For 100 m3 per day: Dose 0.5 litres/hour = due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
12 litres/day of the solution described herein.
For larger systems, stronger solutions up to 20% can be
made. The dosage rate may then be reduced
proportionally, which will extend the time period between
each filling of the dosing tank. However, production of
stronger solutions may require improved stirring
equipment.
84
Marine
Chemicals
DIESELGUARD NB
Cooling Water Corrosion Inhibitor After a short period of use the operator will be able to easily
determine the dosage required to maintain a proper
Product Description treatment level.
A dry powder, nitrite/borate based compound with organic Nitrite (as PPM NO2) 0 180 360 540 720 900 1080 1260 1440 1620 - 2400
corrosion inhibitors for use in cooling water systems. Dieselguard NB 2.88 2.52 2.16 1.80 1.44 1.08 0.72 0.36 0 0
Kg/1000L
Directions for Use N.B. Buffering agents in Dieselguard NB maintain pH values

Dieselguard NB is a highly effective corrosion inhibitor for the within suitable limits when the product is dosed as recom-
common ferrous and non-ferrous metals in cooling water mended.
systems.
The pH should be maintained between 8.3 and 10.0 by the
The stable oxide film that results from treatment prevents treatment.
corrosion caused by electrolytic action between dissimilar
metals used in the system. The engine manufacturer's recommendations for water
Dieselguard NB has been field tested and found to have no quality should always be complied with. Chloride levels should
detrimental effects on non metallic substances such as seals, be as low as possible. Most engine manufacturers
glands, packing, hoses, gaskets etc., normally used in these recommend a maximum of 50 ppm chlorides.
systems. For this reason, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends to
The compound is alkaline and so will suppress acid use distilled water as make-up.
corrosion, which would otherwise result in corrosion
damage such as pitting. However, the alkalinity control is Dieselguard NB is very water soluble. One kilogram of
such, that, even if the product is accidentally overdosed the Dieselguard NB should be dissolved in 10 litres of hot water
pH of the water will remain within limits. The metals which before adding it to the system.
would be affected by extremes of alkalinity or acidity are Product Properties
protected.
APPEARANCE: Off white powder
In cases where systems are contaminated with oil and/or
scale they should be cleaned before starting to apply pH (0.2 WT%) 9
Dieselguard NB. There are suitable Unitor products to COMPATIBILITY:
carry out the cleaning. Degreasing should be carried out using Metal: Zinc and aluminium reacts with
Seaclean Plus and descaling by using Descalex. solutions of Dieselguard NB
The use of antifreeze is sometimes required if the vessel is to Rubber: No known effect
be laid up in cold areas, Dieselguard NB can be used in
conjunction with antifreeze products. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container
If the system contains galvanized parts, it is advisory to clean
the system with Descalex or Descaling Liquid prior to 653 571349 25 Steel
commencing the treatment.
Caution: This product should not be used in systems
containing aluminium parts in cooling water spaces! Features, Benefits and Applications
• By creating an oxide film on the metal surfaces, electroly-
Dosing Method tic corrosion is prevented
Dieselguard NB should be dosed into a suitable point in the • Effective against cavitation and erosion
cooling water system, after it has been thoroughly mixed with • Compatible with non-metals such as hoses, gaskets and
water. seals
If the expansion tank is used then adequate circulation must • Approved by numerous engine manufacturers
be assured. • Compatible with glycol used for frost protection
• Simple control tests
Sampling and Testing • The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in many
The Spectrapak Test Kit provides the necessary equipment to types of closed recirculation systems such as:
carry out the control tests. - Diesel engine cooling water systems.
Obtain a representative sample of the cooling water. Carry out - Compressor cooling water systems.
the tests immediately after sampling (following the - Centralised cooling systems.
instructions given in the Test Kit) and log the results on the log - Hot water heating systems.
sheets provided by Wilhelmsen Ships Service. These log she- - Auxiliary machinery cooling systems.
ets should be returned to the Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of Public
Response Center for review. Health for the use in systems where cooling water is used
Use the dosage chart overleaf to adjust treatment to obtain for heating purpose in evaporators
the optimum level. It is important that testing is carried out at
least once per week, to ensure levels of treatment are Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using this
correct. product
Dosing and Control For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Initial dosage for an untreated system is 2 kg/1000 litres of Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
untreated distilled water. This will bring the treatment up to
the minimum level of 1000 ppm.
The dosage chart given below is for convenience in company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
calculating the amount of Dieselguard required to bring the any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
treament level to the suitable point between the minimum product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
and maximum - this being 1440 ppm nitrite. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Normal nitrite limits: 1000-2400 ppm nitrite (NO2) described herein.
85
Marine
Chemicals
ROCOR NB LIQUID
Liquid Cooling Water Corrosion Inhibitor Normal nitrite limits: 1000-2400 ppm nitrite (NO2)
Nitrite (as PPM NO2) 0 180 360 540 720 900 1080 1260 1440 - 2400
Product Description Rocor NB 13.0 11.3 9.7 8.1 6.5 4.9 3.3 1.7 0
L/1000L
Rocor NB Liquid is a liquid, nitrite/borate based compound
with organic corrosion inhibitors for use in closed cooling N.B.Buffering agents in Rocor NB Liquid maintain pH values
water systems. within suitable limits when the product is dosed as
recommended. Normal pH should be maintained between 8.3
and 10 by the treatment.
Rocor NB Liquid is a highly effective corrosion inhibitor for the
The engine manufacturer's recommendations for water
common ferrous and non-ferrous metals in cooling water
quality should always be complied with. Chloride levels should
systems.
always be as low as possible. Most engine manufacturers
The stable oxide film that is formed prevents corrosion caused
recommend a maximum of 50 ppm chlorides.
by electrolytic action between dissimilar metals used in the
For this reason, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends the
system.
use of distilled water as make-up.
Rocor NB Liquid has been field tested and found to have no
detrimental effects on non metallic substances such as seals,
glands, packing, hoses, gaskets etc., normally used in these Product Properties
systems. Appearance: Red liquid
The compound is alkaline and so will suppress acid corrosion, Density, g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.1
which would otherwise result in corrosion damage such as pH (1 Vol%) 9
pitting. However, the alkalinity control is such that even if the Compatibility:
product is accidentally overdosed, the pH of the water will Metal: Avoid contact with zinc and aluminium
remain within limits. The metals which would be affected by Rubber: No known effect
extremes of alkalinity or acidity are protected.
In cases where systems are contaminated with oil and/or PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container
scale they should be cleaned before starting to apply Rocor
653 571356 25 Plastic
NB Liquid. There are suitable Unitor products to carry out the
cleaning. Degreasing should be carried out using Seaclean
Plus and descaling by using Descalex. Refer to Water
Treatment handbook. Features, Benefits and Applications
The use of antifreeze is sometimes required if the vessel is to • Liquid product, easy to use
be laid up in cold areas and so Rocor NB Liquid can be used in • By forming an oxide film on the metal surfaces electrolytic
conjunction with antifreeze products. corrosion is prevented
If the system contains galvanized parts, it is advisory to clean • Effective against cavitation and erosion
the system with Descalex prior to commencing the • Compatible with hoses, gaskets and seals
treatment. • Compatible with glycol used for frost protection
Caution: This product should not be used in systems • Simple control tests
containing aluminium parts in cooling water spaces! • The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in many
types of closed recirculation system such as: - Diesel
Dosing Method engine cooling water systems. - Compressor cooling
Rocor NB Liquid should be dosed to a suitable point in the water systems. - Centralised cooling systems. - Hot water
system. If the expansion tank is used then adequate heating systems. - Auxiliary machinery cooling systems.
circulation must be assured.
• Approved by all major engine manufacturers
Sampling and Testing • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of Public
The Spectrapak Test Kit provides the necessary equipment to Health for the use in systems where cooling water is used
carry out the control tests. for heating purpose in evaporators
Obtain a representative sample of the cooling water. Carry out
the tests immediately after sampling (following the Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using this
instructions given in the Test Kit) and log the results on the log product
sheets provided by Wilhelmsen Ships Service. These log-
sheets should be returned to the Rapid Response Center for For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
review. Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Use the dosage chart overleaf to adjust the treatment to
obtain the optimum level. It is important that at least weekly Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
testing is carried out to ensure levels of treatment are correct. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
For Further Dosage and Control Limits See Overleaf. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Dosing and Control goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Initial dosage for an untreated system is 9 litres of Rocor NB due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
Liquid/1000 litres of untreated distilled water. This will bring described herein.
the treatment up to the minimum level of 1000 ppm nitrite.
The dosage chart given below is for convenience in
calculating the amount of Rocor NB Liquid required to bring
the treatment level to the suitable point between the
minimum and maximum - this being 1440 ppm nitrite.
86
Marine
Chemicals
COOLTREAT AL
Advanced liquid cooling water corrosion inhibitor Dosing and Control
Initial dosage for an untreated system is 60 litres of
Product Description Cooltreat AL/ton of untreated distilled water (6%). This
Cooltreat AL is an organic liquid corrosion inhibitor will provide sufficient protection of the system for a peri-
with extended life for use in closed cooling water od of two to five years under normal conditions.
systems. This product offers protection for all commonly
used materials in engine cooling water systems, including 6% Cooltreat AL should also be dosed in all make up
aluminium. Unlike other coolants, Cooltreat AL does not water added to the system to compensate for lost
contain components subject to rapid depletion i.e. Nitrite coolant.
and Silicate. Based on aliphatic acid technology Cooltreat The engine manufacturer's recommendations for water
AL is stable and hence the test frequency can be quality should always be complied with. Chloride levels
reduced. Cooltreat AL is fully organic and biodegradable. should always be as low as possible. Most engine manu-
facturers recommend a maximum of 50 ppm chlorides.
Directions for Use
Cooltreat AL is a highly effective corrosion inhibitor for all For this reason, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends
common metals in cooling water systems. the use of distilled water as make-up.
Testing has shown no detrimental effects on non metallic Product Properties

substances such as seals, glands, packing, hoses, APPEARANCE: Colourless liquid
gaskets etc., normally used in these systems. Denisity, g/cm3 at 20°C: 1.055
pH: 8.2
Where most traditional inhibitors react with the metal COMPATIBILITY:
surface and form oxides that prevent further corrosion, Metal: All commonly used
Cooltreat AL applies a thin and durable layer of protective Rubber: No known effect
molecules to the metal surfaces. This technology
prevents the continuous build-up of insulating layers on
heat transfer surfaces. 653 680843 25 Plastic
For new builds, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends Features, Benefits and Applications
cleaning of the water system before commercing service. • Liquid product, easy to use
The system will always contain small amounts of oil and • Environmentally friendly, fully organic product, low
iron oxides, and this can be removed in one operation toxicity
with Unitor Commissioning Cleaner. If the system is • Effective against cavitation and erosion. Superior heat
corroded or is more heavily contaminated, degreasing transfer properties
with i.e. Unitor Seaclean Plus followed by acid cleaning, • Compatible with hoses, gaskets and seals
with i.e. Unitor Descalex for removal of metal oxides or • Compatible with glycols for frost protection
scale is recommended. • Stable product-non depleting
• The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in
For systems previously treated with other products, many types of closed re-circulation system such as:
Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommend to drain and flush – Diesel engine cooling water systems – Compressor
the system before refilling with distilled water and cooling water systems – Centralised cooling systems
Cooltreat AL. The system should be clean and free from – Hot water heating systems – Auxiliary machinery
scale and corrosion products when starting the treatment. cooling systems
• Approved by major engine manufacturers
The use of antifreeze is sometimes required if the vessel Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using this
is to be laid up in cold areas, Cooltreat AL can be used in product
conjunction with glycols for frost protection. If used in
conjunction with glycols, It is recommended to increase For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
the product concentration to 8%.*
Dosing Method company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
Cooltreat AL should be dosed to a suitable point in the well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
system. If the expansion tank is used, adequate
directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
circulation must be assured. hazards from improper use of the goods described herein.
* 80 litres (8%) when used in conjunction with glycol for frost protection.
87
Marine
Chemicals
VAPTREAT
Liquid Evaporator Treatment Dosing Method
RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION LAYOUT EVAPORATOR
Product Description TREATMENT
A concentrated liquid blend of polymer and antifoam agents
for controlling scale and foam in evaporators.

The specially selected polymers in Vaptreat combined with
the potential scale forming salts in the brine to prevent them
from adhering to heat transfer surfaces. These solids are held
in suspension and removed with the evaporator brine.
The operating efficiency of the plant is maintained for

maximum water production. The intervals between cleaning • 60 litre polyethythene tank
are greatly increased. • 5 m PVC tube 6 mm diameter
• Flowmeter - adjustable 0 to 100 mls/min
The product to use for acid cleaning is Descalex, which will
remove old scale prior to treatment with Vaptreat. -The system shown is easily installed. A positive pressure
is obtained by keeping the treatment tank higher than the
Evaporators have a tendency to produce foam while inlet to the system.
operating - the defoaming properties of Vaptreat will stop this - A metering pump can also be supplied for use if required.
foaming and carry-over will be eliminated. Distilled water
quality is maintained. Using the method shown in the diagram, the treatment is
drawn into the vacuum side of the evaporator, through
Dosage the adjustable flowmeter.
The standard dosage, applicable to the majority of systems, is
15-30 ml of Vaptreat per ton of distillate produced. This is ba- The recommended dosing method for Vaptreat is
sed on the rated production capacity of the evaporator. continuous dosing into the sea water feed line to the
evaporator. The diagram shown gives an indication of the
Example: In a 25 ton/day evaporator.
simple dosing system required.
Treatment used = 25 x 30 ml = 750 ml of Vaptreat per day.
Setting the Flow Rate The required daily amount should be mixed with fresh
The treatment is added to the dosage tank and mixed with water in the polyethylene tank and dosed via the
water. Example: With the 0.75 litres of Vaptreat add sufficient adjustable flow meter into the sea water supply to the
water to make up 50 litres of liquid. evaporator.
The standard flow meter is adjustable between 0 and l00
ml/minute. Features, Benefits and Applications
• Ensures that the evaporator works at maximum efficiency
Flow rate calculation: by keeping heat transfer surfaces free of scale
Flowrate = 50 Litres/24 x 60= 35 ml/min setting • The antifoaming properties ensure that distillate quality is
This will last 24 hours. high as carry over is eliminated
• Will gradually remove existing scale when dosed at twice
A metering pump can also be supplied for use with Vaptreat if the normal rate
required.
• Reduces downtime and maintenance
N.B. The brine density should not exceed 1.038 g/cm3. The • Concentrated, safe liquid, easy and economical dosing
scaling potential increases rapidly over this level. An increase • For use in both high pressure and vacuum evaporators
in the amount of Vaptreat used will assist in retaining • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of Public
potential scale forming salts in suspension. For example: Health for the use in systems where cooling water is used
If the density rises to 1.050 g/cm3 the dosage should be 60 for heating purpose in evaporators
ml/ton of rated capacity.
Product Properties product
Appearance: Pale yellow liquid
Density, g/cm3 at 15°C: 1.1 For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
pH (1 Vol%) 9 Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Compatibility:
Metal: No known effect Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Rubber: No known effect company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (kg) Container not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
654 571364 25 Plastic hazards from improper use of the goods described herein.
88
Marine
Chemicals
BIOGUARD
Fouling Control Agent for Sea Water Systems Typical installation layout dispersant treatment
Product Description
Bioguard is a very effective, amine based dispersant of
marine growth such as algae, shellfish and
micro-organisms to prevent fouling of sea water (cooling)
systems. Because of its filming properties, the product
also acts as a corrosion inhibitor.
Caution: Directions For Use

This bio-dispersant has been specially developed to
prevent sea water (cooling) system from getting fouled
by lower aquatic life forms like mussels, barnacles and
algae. The dispersant in the product prevents bacteria to Dosing Method The diagram above shows a typical
colonise the metal surface, making it unsuitable for dosage layout. This can be modified to suit a particular
settling of bacteria and therefore less favourable for larger situation. A chemical dosing pump, with or without alarm
fouling organisms. The filming characteristics will also to be used. Although the product will gradually clean
provide anti corrosion properties. fouled systems, treatment should preferably be started
with a clean system. The product can be dosed neat or if
Bioguard can be used in both static and flowing systems. necessary diluted into fresh water to accommodate the
Some application examples are: sea water systems, dosing equipment. When changing over from any other
including seawater intakes; filter boxes and piping; static product to Bioguard, flush the entire dosing system
ballast tanks; stability trimming tanks and oil rig sea legs. thoroughly with fresh water.
Dosage
For Sea Water Cooling Systems
• Liquid treatment which is easy to use
Dose 0.6 litre of Bioguard for every 100 tons of sea water
• Extremely effective in the control of sea water fouling
organisms
flowing through the system per hour. The system
throughput is either to be determined from the rating of
• Many applications covered by one product
the pump(s) or from the system specifications. Treatment
• Maintains heat transfer in systems and extends the
periods between cleaning
is necessary in coastal waters and should commence
three days before entering these waters and continue for
• Reduces maintenance and down time
three days after leaving coastal waters. The calculated
• Economic in use
dose should be dosed over a one hour period and
• Approved by the U.K. Department of the Environment
as a marine antifoulant in the inlet of evaporators pro-
repeated every 48 hours.
ducing potable water
For Static Ballast Tanks
• Biodegradable
Dose 1 litre of Bioguard per 10 tons of water prior to
• Suitable for all types of systems using sea water, both
static and flowing
ballasting, followed by a monthly dose of 2 litres
per 100 tons. Caution: Bioguard can safely be dosed in sea wa-
ter that is used in an evaporator, however
For Trim Tanks, Oil Rig Sea Legs and Similar Systems Bioguard should never be dosed in Potable water
Dose 25 litres of Bioguard per 100 tons of water and add
the same for make up water.
this product
Product Properties For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Appearance: Pale yellow liquid to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Flash point: Above 80°C Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Compatibility: company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Metal: No known effect any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Rubber: No known effect product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (Kg) Container due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
653 743880 25 Plastic described herein.
89
Marine
Chemicals
MAR-71
Bacteriological decontamination As an alternative to the above procedure, increase of the
bacteriological contamination can be stopped by adding
Product Description 0.03-0.05% MAR-71 to the lubrication oil. At a later stage,
MAR-71 is a very effective biocide, used to prevent and proper disinfecting must follow.
combat microbiological growth in closed cooling water
systems as well as in lubricating oil systems. Bacteria are the Note: Please check with the lubrication oil manufacturer
cause of many corrosion problems, as while they grow, they regarding dosage rates for your brand of oil.
produce a variety of acids and in some cases slimy layers on In case bacteriological contamination occurs and has already
metal surfaces which results in reduced heat transfer and caused corrosion, the lubrication oil must be fully exchanged.
corrosion in bearings. Nitrites, Phosphates and emulsifying Consult lubrication oil manufacturer. Before refilling the
oils are good nutrient media for bacteria. MAR-71 has proven system, it is highly recommended to rinse the system for 24
to be a very effective disinfectant. Lower dosages of MAR-71 hours with flushing oil to which 0.05-0.1% MAR-71 is added.
can also be used to prevent infection. This procedure and the addition of 0.01-0.05% MAR-71 to the
new oil will prevent re-infection of the lubricating oil.
Closed cooling water circuits Product Availability
Especially when berthing for a longer period in harbours in Please contact your local Wilhelmsen Ships Service office for
warmer climates, the risk of infection of the cooling water availability.
systems with micro-organisms is considerable. When this
happens, acids are formed and at the same time, the Product Properties
corrosion inhibitors present in the system will be eaten away Appearance: Liquid, colourless to yellow
by the bacteria creating corrosive conditions. Regular testing ODOUR: Amine-like
for the presence of becteria in the cooling water by the use of SPEC. DENSITY, g/cm3: 1.06
“dip slides” is therefore strongly recommended. Between 0.5 pH, (0.15%): ~10
and 1.5 ltr./ton. MAR-71 should be added to contaminated Compatibility: Total soluble in water and oil.
systems. The system should be circulated for three days after Metal: No known effect
which the complete contents of the cooling system is Rubber: No known effect
dumped. Before refilling the system with (distilled) water and Synthetic rubber: No known effect
the initial dosage of Dieselguard or Rocor NB Liquid, the
system should be thoroughly flushed with fresh water. It is PACKAGING: Product No. Size Container
recommended to re-test for the presence of bacteria after the
653 735977 3 x 5 ltr Plastic
system has been in operation for 24 hours. The described
procedure is to be repeated if necessary. For heavily contami-
nated systems and systems contaminated with scale/oil, it is
recommended to acid clean and/or degrease the system prior • One product, two different applications
to disinfecting • Kills micro-organisms in closed cooling water systems and
lubrication oil systems
Caution: During disinfecting, evaporators and other equipment • Prevents corrosion caused by microarganisms
which use cooling water and which are used in connection • No cases have been reported where bacteria have beco-
with the production of drinking water are not to be used. me immune to MAR-71
• Biodegradable, does not accumulate in the environment
Lubricating oils
The presence of water in lubricating oil, either caused by Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using this
condensation or by leakage of cooling water, provides product
excellent growing conditions for micro-organisms in lube oil
systems. The presence of bacteria will cause changes in lube For detailed information on safety and health, please refer to
oil characteristics, cause corrosion, water emulsion and Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
clogging of filters. Regular control and necessary action to
combat bacteriological contamination can avoid above Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
mentioned problems. The recommended decontamination company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if any, as
procedure is as follows: well as any expressed warranties regarding this product shall
not be effective or actionable unless the goods are used as
1. Transfer 80-90% of the lubricating oil into a renovation directed herein and in no other manner due to potential
tank and heat till 85-95% °C while separating for 12 hours. hazards from improper use of the goods described herein.
Continue heating for another 12 hours without separating.
2. To the remaining oil in the sump-tank, between 0.05 and
0.1% MAR-71 is added. Circulate the contents of the
sump-tank for 12-24 hours. Note that during circulation,
filters may get clogged by dead microorganisms. Special
observation of filters, and if necessary, cleaning of same,
is therefore required.
3. Empty and clean the sump-tank.
4. Transfer the circulating oil from the renovation tank back
into the sump-tank and fill with fresh oil.
90
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
91
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
92
Pool Water
Treatment
Marine
Chemicals
POOL CHEMICALS
Problems and solution summary
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
PROBLEM SOLUTION* APPLICATION PACK SIZES AND
PRODUCT
NUMBERS**
Guardex A convenient, safe, granular product for raising the pH of pool 4 x 2.72 kg
pH too low pH Increaser water with minimal effect on overall alkalinity. Prevents low pH, 657 624833
corrosion of equipment, etching of plaster, skin and eye 2 x 5 kg
irritation. 657 625657
Guardex A granular product for slowly lowering the pH of pool water. 4 x 4.08 kg
pH too high Dry Acid Safer to handle, use and store than liquid acids. Prevents scale 657 624841
(pH Decreaser) build-up on equipment, piping and pool surfaces. Lowers total 2 x 7 kg
alkalinity and prevents skin and eye irritation. 657 625640
Guardex A long lasting formula for preventing and controlling the growth 12 x 0.94 ltr
Algae Algae Control of all types of algae. By concentrating on pool surfaces where 657 624817
prevention Concentrate algae starts growing, it also helps chlorine work more 12 x 1 ltr
(No Green) effectively. 657 625731
Guardex This non-foaming, non-metallic, copper free algaecide is ideal 12 x 0.94 ltr
Algae growth Algaecide 60 for use in pools with attached spas or water features. Used to 657 624825
(True Blue) control and prevent all types of algae, it is especially 12 x 1 ltr
recommended for outbreaks of green, blue-green and mustard 657 625707
algae.
Guardex Restores sparkling clear water by combining small particles 12 x 0.94 ltr
Cloudy water Pool Water Clarifier into larger ones that the filter can remove. This product works 657 624809
(Super Clarity) while the filter is in operation, requires no premixing, contains 12 x 1 ltr
no aluminium and does not affect the pH. 657 625699
Guardex Inhibits and prevents scale formation from excessive calcium 12 x 0.47 ltr
Staining and Stain & Scale Control and staining from iron, copper, and manganese. Prevents scale 657 625368
water (Stain & Scale Away) formation on spa surfaces, heaters, piping and equipment. 12 x 1 ltr
657 625681
discolouration
Guardex A quick acting high performance surface cleaner that will not 12 x 0.94 ltr
Scum lines elimi- Pool Surface Cleaner affect pH level. It is designed to clean both pool and equipment 657 625376
nation of surfaces of unsightly greases and oils. 12 x 1 ltr
657 625665
oils and greases
Guardex These multifunctional blended tablets are for use in skimmers, 22.6 kg
Chlorine Chlorinating Tablets floaters or chlorinators. They are designed to control bacteria 657 624775
maintenance (Advantage Tablets) and algae in swimming pool water as well as sanitising and are 25 kg
up to 20% more effective than traditional Trichlor tablets. 657 625715
Guardex A “shock” treatment that destroys swimmer wastes and odours 11 kg

Cloudy, Calcium such as sweat, urine and suntan oils. Keeps water crystal clear 657 624791
dirty water Hypochlorite and comfortable for swimmers. 40 kg
(Breakpoint Shock) 657 624783
2 x 5 kg
657 625723
Guardex Slow dissolving, suitable for use in a brominator, ideal for 22.7 kg
Alternatives to Brominating Tablets continuous dosage programmes. These are one of the most 657 624858
Chlorine (Hydrobrome Tablets) reliable forms of pool and spa water sanitation available. Using 1 x 5 kg
a bromine based disinfectant, less product is required to 657 625632
Sanitisers achieve the same results.
See also next page
93
Marine
Chemicals
POOL CHEMICALS
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
PROBLEM SOLUTION* APPLICATION PACK SIZES AND
PRODUCT
NUMBERS**
Quick water Guardex Testing is necessary to detect changes in water and prevent 12 x 50 strips
Test Strips problems from developing. Test strips are a new technology quick 657 624874
testing dip method based on an advanced form of test paper. They are 657 630319
quick, easy to use and reliable.
Total water Guardex A compact, reliable test kit to perform basic water tests – total PCS
4 in 1 plus – chlorine, free chlorine, total bromine, pH, acid demand and total 657 624866
testing DPD test kit alkalinity. 657 624940(DPD#1)
657 624957(Sol#2)
657 624965(Sol#3)
657 624973(Sol#4)
Spa Essentials Eliminates unsightly foam from spa water, hot tubs and other 12 x 0.47 ltr
Foam in spas Defoamer water features caused by soaps, suntan lotion and detergents. 657 624882
and pools (Spa Nofoam) 6 x 1 ltr
657 625673
Spa Essentials An easy to use sanitiser for spas and hot tubs, provides effective 12 x 0.90 kg
Algae in spas Sanitiser bromine disinfection without cloudy or insoluble residue in the 657 624890
and hot tubs (Spa Bromine water. Can be used to treat visible algae in spas and hot tubs or 6 x 0.5 kg
Tablets) may be used as a super oxidation treatment to rid of organic 657 625624
wastes.
Spa Essentials Low calcium hardness could cause the spa water to be corrosive. 12 x 0.45 kg
Low calcium Balancer This product raises calcium hardness of pool and spa water to 657 624908
hardness levels (Higher Cal) assist in the prevention of corrosion. 2 x 5 kg
657 625616
* Products in bold indicate European supplies

** Sizes and Numbers in bold indicate European supplies
94
Marine
Chemicals
SANITISER
Disinfectant and Sanitiser Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
PHYSICAL STATE: Solid
Product Description ODOUR: Chlorine
Concentrated bromine based sanitiser for spas and hot COLOUR: White
tubs. pH: 6 to 7 (1% solution @ 25°C)
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 25g / 100g water
How it Works DENSITY: 56-60lb / cu ft
This product is a practical, easy to use sanitiser for spa PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
and hot tub water. It rapidly and completely dissolves
without cloudy or insoluble residue in water, providing 657 624890 12 x 0.90 kg Bottles
effective bromine disinfection. Spa Essentials Sanitiser
may also be used as a super oxidation treatment to Features, Benefits and Applications
remove organic wastes. This product may be used to • For Spas & Hot Tubs
treat visible algae in spas and hot tubs. • One step sanitiser and oxidiser
• Completely soluable
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates • Disinfects and protects
Ensure that all spa and hot tub equipment is working
properly. Backwash or clean the filter system following Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
manufacturer’s directions. Adjust pH to between this product
7.2 – 7.6. When using other treatments as outlined in the
directions for this product, always follow directions on For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
those products. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Spas should be drained and cleaned weekly or whenever Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
water becomes difficult to manage or keep clear. Bath company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
oils, salts and lotions should not be used unless any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
specifically formulated for use in spas and hot tubs as product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
they can lead to cloudy water. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Supplied in Europe as Sunspot Bromine Tablets. described herein.
Guardex® and Spa Essentials® are registered
trademarks of BioLab Inc., USA.
95
Marine
Chemicals
pH INCREASER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Raising pH of Pool Water Product Properties
Product Description ODOUR: Odourless
A convenient and safe granular product for raising pH of APPEARANCE: Powder
pool water with minimal effect on alkalinity. COLOUR: White
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 47g / 100g water
How it Works RELATIVE DENSITY: 1.05 gm/cm3
This product is used to raise the pH of pool water. Proper PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
pH control is essential to eliminate problems caused by
pH being too low or too high. If pH is too low then 657 625657 2 x 5 kg Plastic
corrosion and staining may occur. bucket
in outer box
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates
Ideal bathing conditions exist at a slightly alkaline pH level Features, Benefits and Applications
of 7.2 to 7.6, with alkalinity of 80/150 mg / l. This range • Convenient granular product
will also allow the most effective use of other swimming • Safe for all types of pools
pool chemicals. Determine the pH of your pool water • 100% active ingredient - Sodium Carbonate
using Unitor Test Kit (Product no. 665 624866). • Protects pool surfaces and equipment from corrosion
due to low pH
If the test reading is below 7.2 add pH Increaser by • Reduces maintenance costs
pre-dissolving the material in a clean container with • Makes water more comfortable for bathers
clean, warm water. Pour solution around the pool
perimeter and keep pump running to allow re-circulation. Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Wait 2–3 hours then recheck pH level, if it is still below this product
7.2 repeat the above procedure
Supplied in USA/Asia as pH Increaser. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
trademarks of BioLab Inc., USA. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
described herein.
96
Marine
Chemicals
BALANCER
Calcium Hardness Increaser Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Product Description ODOUR: None
Raises calcium hardness of spa water to assist in the COLOUR: White to off-white
prevention of corrosion, etched plaster and other APPEARANCE: Flake
problems resulting from low calcium levels. VAPOR PRESSURE: 1.0 mm Hg at 20°C (68°F)
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Soluble
How it Works BOILING POINT: 175°C (347°F)
This material raises calcium hardness in spa water. The MELTING POINT: 174°C (345°F)
desired calcium hardness level in spa water is in the 100 SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.85 g/cc
to 200 ppm range. Low calcium hardness, below 100 PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
ppm, could cause the spa water to be corrosive, resulting
in damage to the spa surface and/or equipment. 657 624908 12 x 0.45 kg Bottles
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates Features, Benefits and Applications
Determine the calcium harness level using the Unitor Test • For Spas & Hot Tubs
Kit (Product no. 665 624866) and adjust dosage • Raises calcium hardness level
accordingly. • Prevents corrosion of spa equipment and erosion of
the pool surface
Add this product directly to the spa water by scattering it
over the water surface. Do not predissolve this treatment Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
as heat is generated when this product contacts water. this product
When measuring this product use level tablespoons
(tbsp) or level teaspoons (tsp). Do not use anything other For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
than a level tablespoon or level teaspoon as this would to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
cause an inaccurate measurement and could result in a
calcium hardness level other than that desired. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
The addition of one level tablespoon per 100 gallons of any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
water will raise the calcium hardness level by product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
approximately 25 ppm. The addition of one level teaspoon goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
per 100 gallons will raise the calcium hardness level due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
approximately 8 ppm. described herein.
Retest the level and adjust dosage accordingly.
Supplied in Europe as Higher Cal.

97
Marine
Chemicals
POOL SURFACE CLEANER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Waterline Cleaning Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Translucent
Product Description PHYSICAL STATE: Liquid
For removal of scum (bath tub ring) along the water line. ODOUR: Perfume aroma
Quickly eliminates oils, greases, light scale and fresh Colour: Orange
stains. pH: 8.5 - 9.5
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible
How it Works SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1 gm/ml
This product removes most stubborn scale, metal stains, PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
grease and common dirt. Clings to vertical surfaces for
easy cleaning. May be used on plastic, vinyl, fibreglass, 657 625665 12 x 1 Ltr Plastic
ceramic, stainless steel, aluminium and painted surfaces. bucket
Unlike many cleaners, Guardex pool surface cleaner is in outer box
completely compatible with swimming pool water. Do not
use on copper, brass, marble or galvanised surfaces. Features, Benefits and Applications
Do not allow undiluted material to remain on porous • For Pools, Spas & Hot Tubs
surfaces such as masonry bricks for extended periods of • Prevents staining and controls scale build-up
time (30-60 minutes). • Removes oils, grease and other deposits from pool
surfaces
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates • Cleans and maintains pool surfaces
Apply to a damp sponge or brush and scrub the pool
surface at water level. Rinse treated surfaces thoroughly. Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
To remove heavy stains, allow cleaner to soak on stain for this product
5-10 minutes before scrubbing and rinsing. Use only a
soft bristle brush or sponge on vinyl surfaces For detailed information on safety and health, please refer

Supplied in USA/Asia as Pool Surface Cleaner. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
Guardex® and Spa Essentials® are registered described herein.
trademarks of BioLab Inc., USA..
98
Marine
Chemicals
BREAKPOINT SHOCK
Pool Water Cleaning Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Product Description ODOUR: Chlorine
Calcium Hypochlorite (min 65%) oxidises organic wastes APPEARANCE Granules
and restores water sparkle. Pre-mix in a clean bucket Colour: White
prior to application. Test pool water and allow chlorine to pH: 10.5 - 11.5 (1% solution)
reduce to below 3 ppm before swimming can begin. SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 18% @ 25°C
RELATIVE DENSITY: 0.8 gm/cm3 (granules)
How it Works PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
Breakpoint Shock restores water sparkle and comfort by
destroying swimmer waste and unpleasant odours. As 657 625723 5 kg Plastic
the pool is used, swimmer wastes such as sweat, urine bucket
and suntan oils can build up in the water. These wastes in outer box
can create dull looking water, strong odours and and skin
irritation. Regular use of Breakpoint Shock destroys these Features, Benefits and Applications
waste products and keeps water crystal clear and • Destroys swimmer waste and restores water sparkle
comfortable for swimmers. • 65% available chlorine improves cleaning efficiency
• Kills resistant algae
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates • Removes bad odour and taste
Once a fortnight, or more frequently in hot weather, the
pool water should be treated by pre-dissolving 500 g of Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Breakpoint Shock per 45m3 of pool water in a clean this product
container with clean water. Pour this solution evenly
around the pool perimeter to allow an even distribution. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Keep pump moving to circulate the treated water. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Wash out container thoroughly after use. Do not leave Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
any residue in container. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Supplied in USA/Asia as Calcium Hypochlorite. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
99
Marine
Chemicals
SUPER CLARITY
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Clears Cloudy Water Product Properties
PHYSICAL STATE: Liquid
Product Description ODOUR: Almonds
Highly concentrated polymer based product providing a APPEARANCE: Clear
supremely effective clarifier. Tonically charged to bind ne- Colour: Blue
gative particles. pH: 4-7
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in water
How it Works SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1 gm/ml
This product is a highly concentrated water clarifier PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
containing specially formulated polymers that quickly cle-
ar cloudy water by binding small particles into larger mas- 657 625699 12 x 1 Ltr Plastic
ses that can be easily removed by the filter. bucket
in outer box
Before applying this product ensure that the filter is Features, Benefits and Applications
operating efficiently. • Concentrated formula
• Clears cloudy water fast
Apply Super Clarity weekly or whenever the pool water • Does not affect pH
has lost sparkle. • Contains specially formulated polymers
• Helps reduce chlorine usage
Apply Super Clarity at the rate of 15ml per 10 m3 by
pouring gently around the perimeter of the pool. Leave Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
pump and filter running for 8 hours after application. If this product
pool clarity has not been restored after 36 hours, repeat
the treatment. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer

Supplied in USA/Asia as Pool Water Clarifier. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
100
Marine
Chemicals
NO GREEN
Algae Prevention Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Product Description ODOUR: Almonds
A highly concentrated Formula with active quat to APPEARANCE: Blue liquid
prevent and kill algae. No Green concentrates on pool pH: 7.0 - 8.0
surfaces where algae may grow. SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Completely miscible
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.92 gm/ml
How it Works PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in ltrs): Container
When used as directed this product will help prevent and
control algae in pool water. 657 625731 12 x 1 Ltr Plastic
bucket
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates in outer box
Initial dosage for pool water having no visible algae
growth is 90ml of No Green per 10 m3 of pool water. Features, Benefits and Applications
• High active quat formula
A weekly maintenance dose of 15 ml per 10m3 of pool • Improves chlorine efficiency
water should then be applied. • Prevents growth of all algae types
• Concentrates on surfaces where algae may grow
If a pool has visible algae then it should be treated with • Effective over a wide pH range
Breakpoint Shock 24 hours prior to using No Green, then • Concentrated formula
the maintenance dose should be applied. • Keeps pool water clear and algae free
Apply the product by pouring directly into the pool around Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
the perimeter or over the water inlet. this product


Supplied in USA/Asia as Algae Control Concentrate. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
101
Marine
Chemicals
TRUE BLUE
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Algae Control and Treatment Product Properties
ODOUR: Slight ammonia
Product Description APPEARANCE: Clear
A stain free complete copper formulation with clarifying PHYSICAL STATE: Liquid
properties for fast algae control. pH: 2-3
COLOUR: Blue / Green
How it Works SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in water
New generation algaecide – when used as directed True SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.21 g/ml
Blue will effectively kill and control algae in swimming PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
pools & spas. Recommended for outbreaks of green,
blue-green and mustard algae. 657 625707 12 x 1 Ltr Bottles in
outer box
To treat visible algae growth: Features, Benefits and Applications
Vacuum all debris from the pool surfaces. Brush visible • Non-staining formula
algae from all pool surfaces. Ensure pH is between 7.2 • Proven killer of all algae types
and 7.6 then treat the pool with Breakpoint Shock. Leave • Easy application
to circulate for one hour. • Safe to use
Apply True Blue at the rate of 100ml per 10m3 of water by • Patented formula contains unique clarifiers
diluting the required amount in a clean container with
clean water. Pour the solution over the inlet or in areas of Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
maximum circulation. Allow sanitiser level to drop below this product
3mg / l before resuming swimming. Severe cases may
need to repeat the above procedure after 2–4 days. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
No visible algae growth:
Initial treatment is 50 ml of True Blue per 10 m3 of pool Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
water. This should be applied following the procedure company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
above. A weekly application of 10 ml per 10 m3 should be any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
applied to maintain proper preventative levels. product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Supplied in USA/Asia as Algaecide 60. described herein.
102
Marine
Chemicals
pH DECREASER
Lowering pH of Pool Water Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
APPEARANCE: Powder
Product Description PHYSICAL STATE: Solid
A safer alternative to liquid acid, this granular product is ODOUR: Odourless
used for slowly lowering pH levels of pool water. Colour: White
pH: 1.8 @ 1.2% w/w solution
How it Works SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 180 gm/l water @ 25°C
Proper pH control of pool water is essential to eliminate RELATIVE DENSITY: 1.4/1.5 g/cm3
problems caused by pH being too low or too high. If pH is PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
high, water becomes uncomfortable to bathers, chemical
sanitisers lose efficiency, scale forms more readily and 657 625640 2 x 7 kg Plastic
water can become dull. bucket
in outer box
Ideal bathing conditions exist at a slightly alkaline pH level Features, Benefits and Applications
of 7.2-7.6 with total alkalinity of 80/150 mg/l. This range • Safely lowers pH
will also allow most effective use of other swimming pool • Convenient granular form
chemicals. • Easy to use
• For all types of pools
Determine the pH of your pool water using Unitor´s test • Safer than hydrochloric acid
kit (product number 624866). • 100 % active ingredient.
If the reading is above 7.6, then add pH Decreaser Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
following the instructions below. this product
Use 500 g of pH Decreaser per 45 m3 of pool water. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Apply the required amount of pH Decreaser by
pre-dissolving the product in clean, warm water. Pour Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
solution around the pool perimeter and keep the pool company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
pump running to allow re-circulation. Wait 2–3 hours then any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
recheck pH level, if it is still above 7.6 then repeat the product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
above procedure. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Supplied in USA/Asia as Dry Acid. described herein.
103
Marine
Chemicals
HYDROBROME TABLETS
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Swimming Pool Sanitiser Product Properties
Product Description ODOUR AND APPEARANCE: Off-white tablets,
A highly compacted 100 gram bromine tablet suitable for faint halogen odour
use in a brominator. Slow dissolving and ideal for pH: 3 - 3.5 (1% solution @ 25°C)
continuous dosage programmes. SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 0.15 @ 25°C
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.96 g/cm3
How it Works PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
Hydrobrome Tablets are highly effective as a swimming
pool sanitiser. Due to decreased surface area and high 657 625632 1 x 5 kg Plastic
compaction, less bromine is released into pools at similar bucket
Brominator settings, assisting control. Hydrobrome
tablets are used to maintain sanitation & hygiene, & to kill Features, Benefits and Applications
bacteria & algae. • Slow-dissolving tablet
• Bromine based disinfectant.
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates • Significant decrease in surface area – less product
This product can be used in either an automatic feeder or required for same results
a skimmer basket. • Totally soluble
• Effective at wide range of temperatures
Automatic Feeder • Easy to apply
Ensure tablets previously used in the feeder are of the
same chemical type as Hydrobrome Tablets. If in doubt, Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
wash out feeder thoroughly before adding the product. this product
Fill the feeder with Hydrobrome Tablets and adjust the For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
flow rate according to the manufacturerís instructions to to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
ensure a constant bromine residual is present in the pool.
Skimmer company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
This is an alternative method of using Hydrobrome Tablets any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
in your pool. Apply at the rate of 25 g per 10m3 of pool product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
water. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Check bromine and pH levels regularly with the Unitor described herein.
Pool Water test kit (Product no. 665 624866) and main-
tain a bromine residual of 2-4 mg/l and a pH of 7.2-7.6
respectively.
It is good practice to shock dose the pool every week

using Breakpoint Shock.
Supplied in USA/Asia as Brominating Tablets.

104
Marine
Chemicals
STAIN & SCALE AWAY
Stain Prevention Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Inhibits and prevents scale formation from excessive APPEARANCE: Clear
calcium and staining from iron, copper and manganese. COLOUR Purple
pH: 1.2 - 1.4
How it Works SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in water
Stain & Scale Away can prevent metal stains from SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.45 g/ml
occurring. It also helps by stopping the build up of scale PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
on pool surfaces.
657 625681 12 x 1.0 Ltr Plastic
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates bucket
To treat for metals already present in pool water, first in outer box
backwash the filter and leave the pump running. Apply
Stain & Scale Away at a rate of 200 ml per 100m3 of pool Features, Benefits and Applications
water, directly into an area of the pool where circulation is • Helps prevent staining due to iron
good. copper and manganese
• Protects against scale build-up
A weekly maintenance dose of 25 ml per 10m3 of pool • Concentrated liquid product
water is recommended. • Easy to use (no mixing)
• Suitable for all types of pools
When fresh stains are sighted turn the pump off for 8
hours and slowly add 200 ml per 10m3 of pool water as Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
close to the stain as possible. Do not swim or operate this product
pump for 24 hours and then brush stains daily. Use a filter
aid to help remove the re-dissolved metals. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
Note:
Backwash the filter according to the manufacturers Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
instructions. Do not apply within 24–48 hours of shocking company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
the pool. Best results are obtained when the pool is any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
treated after sunset and when the chlorine level is product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
1,100mg/l. Do not use shock treatments for seven days goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
following use of Stain & Scale Away. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
Never use more than 750 ml per 10m3 of this product in
one treatment.
Supplied in USA/Asia as Stain & Scale Control.

105
Marine
Chemicals
NOFOAM
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Foaming Prevention Product Properties
APPEARANCE: White emulsion
Product Description ODOUR: Slight
Eliminates unsightly foam from spa water, hot tubs and pH: 3 - 5.5
other water features caused by soaps, suntan lotion and BOILING POINT: 100°C
detergents. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.90 - 1.00
FLASH POINT: Non-flammable
How it Works SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Disperses only
Nofoam has been specially developed for spa pools to PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in ltr): Container
control and prevent foaming.
657 625673 6 x 1 ltr Bottles
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates in outer box
Add an initial dose of 50 ml per 450 litres of spa water,
adding up to half this dose again if foaming becomes a Features, Benefits and Applications
problem. • Control and prevent foaming
• Eliminates unsightly foam from spas
The introduction of plenty of fresh water on a daily basis, hot tubs and other water features
even to the extent of emptying the spa daily, and • Easy to use
encouraging bathers to shower before they enter the spa
on every occasion, will reduce likely foaming problems. Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
this product


Supplied in USA/Asia as Spa Essentials Defoamer. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
106
Marine
Chemicals
4 IN 1 PLUS DPD
Test Kit Features, Benefits and Applications Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
• Performs basic water tests
Product Description • Electronic, easy to use colorimeter
Performs basic water tests – total chlorine, free chlorine, • One kit for all your pool testing needs
total bromine, pH, acid demand and total alkalinity.
Note: Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before
How it Works using this product
Chlorine Residual – Free Available Chlorine (FAC)
Fill small vial to line. Add 1 DPD # 1 tablet. Cap the vial For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
and shake vigorously to dissolve the tablet. Immediately to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
compare colour in vial with chlorine standards to
determine Free Available Chlorine (FAC). Chlorine Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Residual - Total Available Chlorine (TAC). company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Add one DPD # 3 tablet to the water sample used in product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
”A”Cap the vial and shake vigorously to dissolve tablet. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
Compare colour in vial with chlorine standards to due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
determine Total Available Chlorine (TAC). described herein.
Total Active Bromine (TAB) Residual

Fill small vial to line. Add 1 DPD # 1 tablet. Cap the vial See also next page
and shake vigorously to dissolve tablet. Compare colour in
vial with bromine standards to determine Total Active
Bromine.
Do not perform following tests if total available chlorine

exceeds 3.0 PPM or if total active bromine exceeds 6.0 PPM.
pH Level
Fill large vial to top (solid) line. Add 1 drop of solution 4
(Neutraliser) and mix by swirling. Add 5 drops of solution
2 (pH indicator) and mix by swirling. Compare colour with
pH colour standards.
Acid Demand - if pH is above 7.6 Use sample from pH

test. Counting each drop, add solution 3 (acid demand)
and swirl until colour matches approximately 7.4. Refer to
Acid Demand Chart for proper amount of dry acid needed
for your pool.
Total Alkalinity
Fill large vial to lower dash line. Add one drop of solution 4
(Neutraliser) and mix by swirling. Add 1 drop of solution 5
(alkalinity Increaser) and mix by swirling. Add solution 3
(Alkalinity Titrant) until colour changes to clear, light
yellow or light green. While adding solution 3 count each
drop and swirl. Multiply drops of solution 3 by 10 to
determine total alkalinity in PPM.
107
Marine
Chemicals
REAGENTS
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Product Properties Product Properties
DPD#1 Tablets Guardex Solution #4 - Thiosulfate
APPEARANCE: Small Tablet APPEARANCE: Clear
PHYSICAL STATE: Solid PHYSICAL STATE: Liquid
ODOUR: Odourless ODOUR: Odourless
Colour: White Colour: Colourless
pH: 5 (1 Tablet in 10 ml water) pH: 5 to 7
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Soluble SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Completely miscible
PACKAGING: Product No. Size SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.0 g/ml
PACKAGING: Product No. Size
657 624940 1 x 250 tablets*
657 630293 1 x 100 tablets** 657 624973 1 bottle*
657 630350 1 bottle**
Product Properties
Guardex Solution #2 - pH Indicator Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Clear Guardex Solution #5 - Alkalinity Indicator
PHYSICAL STATE: Liquid APPEARANCE: Clear
ODOUR: Odourless PHYSICAL STATE: Liquid
Colour: Red ODOUR: Odourless
pH: 8 Colour: Colourless
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in water pH: 10.5
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.0 g/ml SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in water
PACKAGING: Product No. Size SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.0 g/ml
657 624957 1 bottle*
657 630285 1 bottle** 657 625350 1 bottle*
657 630368 1 bottle**
Product Properties Total kit US/Asia/Australia* 657 624866

Guardex Solution #3 - Alkalinity Titrant Total kit Europe/Africa** 657 630269
APPEARANCE: Clear
ODOUR: Slightly pungent
Colour: Colourless
pH: 1 to 2
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.0 g/ml
657 624965 1 bottle*
657 630277 1 bottle**
108
Marine
Chemicals
DRY ACID
Lowering pH of Pool Water Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
APPEARANCE: Granules
A granular product for slowly lowering the pH of pool ODOUR: Sulphate
water. Safer to handle, use and store than liquid acids. Colour: Off-white
pH: Not available
How it Works PERCENT VOLATILE: Non-volatile
Dry Acid helps to maintain proper water balance by MELTING POINT: (350°F)
lowering high pH and high total alkalinity in spas, hot tubs SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 100%
and swimming pools. DENSITY: 83 lb. / cu ft
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
Ideal bathing conditions exist at a slightly alkaline pH level 657 624841 4 x 4.08 kg Bottles
of 7.2 to 7.6 with total alkalinity of 80/150 mg/l. This
range will also allow most effective use of other Features, Benefits and Applications
swimming pool chemicals. • Safely lowers pH
• Prevents scale buildup on equipment, piping and pool
Determine the pH of your pool water using Unitor´s test surfaces
kit (product no. 665 624866).
If the reading is above 7.6, then add pH Decreaser this product
following the instructions below.
Use 500 g of pH Decreaser per 45 m3 of pool water. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Apply the required amount of pH Decreaser by Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
pre-dissolving the product in clean, warm water. Pour company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
solution around the pool perimeter and keep the pool any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
pump running to allow re-circulation. Wait 2–3 hours then product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
recheck pH level, if it is still above 7.6 then repeat the goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
above procedure due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
Supplied in Europe as pH Decreaser.
109
Marine
Chemicals
BROMINATING TABLETS
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Swimming Pool Sanitiser Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Tablets
Brominating tablets offer an alternative to chlorinating ODOUR: Faint Halogen odour
products. Available in easy-to-use 1” tablets, Guardex Colour: White
Brominating Tablets are one of the most reliable forms of pH: 3.5 (0.1% @ 20°C)
pool or spa water sanitation. SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 0.15g / 100g water
THERMAL DECOMPOSITION: 295°C
How it Works DENSITY: 1 kg/l
When used as directed, Brominating Tablets are effective PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
as a swimming pool water sanitiser and disinfectant,
maintaining hygiene and killing bacteria and algae. 657 624858 22.7 kg Pail
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates Features, Benefits and Applications
This product can be used in either an automatic feeder or • Swimming pool sanitiser
a skimmer basket. • Easy-to-use
• Ideal for irregular and continuous dosage
Automatic Feeder
Ensure tablets previously used in the feeder are of the Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
same chemical as Hydrobrome Tablets. If in doubt, then this product
wash out feeder thoroughly before adding the product.
Fill the feeder with Hydrobrome Tablets and adjust the to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
flow rate according to the manufacturer´s instructions to
ensure a constant bromine residual is present in the pool. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Skimmer any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
This is an alternative method of using Hydrobrome Tablets product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
in your pool. Apply at the rate of 25 g per 10m3 of pool goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
water. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
Check bromine and pH levels regularly with Unitor’s Pool
Water test kit (Product no. 665 624866) and maintain a
bromine residual of 2–4 mg/l and a pH of 7.2 to 7.6
respectively.
It is good practice to shock dose the pool every week

using Breakpoint Shock.
Supplied in Europe as Hydrobrome Tablets.

trademarks of BioLab Inc., USA
110
Marine
Chemicals
HIGHER CAL
Calcium Hardness Increaser Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Product Description ODOUR: None
Calcium Chlorite raises the hardness of pool water to Appearance: White to off-white
assist in the prevention of corrosion, etched plaster and SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 5 g/100g water
other problems. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.85 gm/cm3
PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
How it Works
This product is used to raise calcium hardness in pool 657 625616 2 x 5 kg Bottles
water. Low calcium hardness may cause pool water to be in outer box
corrosive which may result in staining, etching or
distorting of all types of pool surfaces. Surfaces etched by Features, Benefits and Applications
low calcium hardness will become more abrasive and • Raises calcium hardness in pools. spas, & jacuzzis
uncomfortable for bathers. Rough surfaces also increase • Helps prevent etching and staining
problems with algae and makes cleaning more difficult. • 100% active ingredient Calcium Chlorite
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Determine the calcium hardness of your pool water using this product
test kit (product number 665 624866). Use Higher
Cal at the rate of 100 g. per 10 m3 to raise calcium For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
hardness by 10 mg/l. Dissolve the required amount of to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Higher Cal in a clean container with clean water and pour
slowly around the perimeter of your pool. Ensure both the Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
pump and filter are running to circulate the product company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
effectively. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Supplied in USA/Asia as Spa Essentials Balancer. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
111
Marine
Chemicals
ALGAECIDE 60
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Algae Control and Treatment Product Properties
Physical state: Liquid
Product Description Odour: Mild
A non-foaming, non-metallic 60% polyquat effective in APPEARANCE: Clear
preventing green, black and mustard algae. Ideal for use Colour: Pale yellow
in pools with attached water features or spas. pH: 6.0 to 8.0
BOILING POINT: > 100°C (212°F)
How it Works FREEZING POINT: > 0°C
Algaecide 60 is used to control and prevent the growth of SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in water
algae in swimming pools & spas. This product may be SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.15 g/ml
used in systems sanitised with chlorine or bromine. This PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in ltrs): Container
product will not foam and prevents all types of algae.
657 624825 12 x 0.94 ltr Box
To treat visible algae growth:
Vacuum all debris from the pool surfaces. Brush visible
algae from all pool surfaces. Ensure pH is between 7.2
• Algae preventative
and 7.6 then treat the pool with Breakpoint Shock. Leave
• Non-foaming
to circulate for one hour.
• Safe to use
• Easy application
Apply Algaecide 60 at the rate of 100ml per 10m3 of
water by diluting the required amount in a clean container
this product
with clean water. Pour the solution over the inlet or in
areas of maximum circulation. Allow sanitiser level to
drop below 3mg / l before resuming swimming. Severe
cases may need to repeat the above procedure after
2–4 days.
No visible algae growth:
Initial treatment is 50 ml of Algaecide 60 per 10 m3 of
pool water. This should be applied following the procedu-
re above. A weekly application of 10 ml per 10 m3 should
be applied to maintain proper preventative levels.
described herein.
Supplied in Europe as True Blue.
112
Marine
Chemicals
ALGAE CONTROL CONCENTRATE
Algae Prevention Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Product Description Odour: Almonds
A broad range 40% strength algaecide for preventing the Colour: Blue
growth of all types of algae. pH: 7.0 to 8.0
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Completely miscible
How it Works SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.92 g/ml
When used as directed this product will help prevent and PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in ltrs): Container
control algae in pool water.
657 624817 12 x 0.94 ltr Box
Initial dosage for pool water having no visible algae
growth is 90ml of Algae Control Concentrate per 10 m3 of Features, Benefits and Applications
pool water. • Preventing the growth of algae
• Economical, efficient and stable
A weekly maintenance dose of 15 ml per 10m3 of pool • Improves chlorine efficiency
water should then be applied. • Effective over a wide pH range
• Concentrated formula
If a pool has visible algae then it should be treated with • Keeps pool water clear
Breakpoint Shock 24 hours prior to using Algae Control
Concentrate, then the maintenance dose should be Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
applied. this product
Apply the product by pouring directly into the pool around For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
the perimeter or over the water inlet. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label

Supplied in Europe as No Green. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
113
Marine
Chemicals
POOL WATER CLARIFIER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Clears Cloudy Water Product Properties
Product Description Odour: Almonds
Clears cloudy water by collecting small unfilterable APPEARANCE: Clear
particles into larger filterable masses. Colour: Blue
pH: 6.0 to 8.0
How it Works BOILING POINT: 100°C (212°F)
Pool Water Clarifier restores sparkling clear water by SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Miscible in water
combining small particles into larger ones that the filter SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.0 g/ml
can remove. This product works while the filter is in PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in ltrs): Container
operation, requires no premixing, contains no alum and
does not affect the pH. 657 624809 12 x 0.94 ltr 12 bottles
in box
Before applying this product ensure that the filter is Features, Benefits and Applications
operating efficiently. • Helps clear cloudy water
• Easy to use - no premixing
Apply Pool Water Clarifier weekly or whenever the pool • Makes water sparkle
water has lost sparkle.
Apply Pool Water Clarifier at the rate of 15ml per 10 m3 by this product
pouring gently around the perimeter of the pool. Leave
pump and filter running for 8 hours after application. If For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
pool clarity has not been restored after 36 hours, repeat to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
the treatment
Supplied in Europe as Super Clarity. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
114
Marine
Chemicals
CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE
Restores Water Sparkle Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Physical state: Solid
Product Description Odour: Chlorine
A 65% available chlorine that comes in a variety of APPEARANCE: Granules
convenient sizes. Colour: White
pH: 11.5 (5% solution)
How it Works THERMAL DECOMPOSITION: > 100°C
Hypochlorite is designed to dissolve quickly and provide a SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 18 g/100 g Water
ready source of available chlorine in swimming pools. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 2.35 (water = 1)
Used according to directions Chloryte kills algae and PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
bacteria, and destroys organic contaminants. If any
chlorine residual is present, adding 2 ozs. per 10 000 657 624791 11 Pail
gallons will increase the residual by approximately 1 part 657 624783 40 Drum
per million (ppm). Follow the dosages and procedures
recommended.
How it Works • Bactericide and algaecide for swimming pools
Breakpoint Shock restores water sparkle and comfort by • A granular chlorinator
destroying swimmer waste and unpleasant odours. As • Approved by NSF according to Standard 60
the pool is used, swimmer wastes such as sweat, urine
and suntan oils can build up in the water. These wastes Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
can create dull looking water, strong odours and and skin this product
irritation. Regular use of Breakpoint Shock destroys these
waste products and keeps water crystal clear and For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
comfortable for swimmers. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Once a fortnight, or more frequently in hot weather, the company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
pool water should be treated by pre-dissolving 500 g of any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Breakpoint Shock per 45m3 of pool water in a clean product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
container with clean water. Pour this solution evenly goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
around the pool perimeter to allow an even distribution. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
Keep pump moving to circulate the treated water. described herein.
This product is also suitable for potable water

chlorination, and is listed under certified products
according to ANSI/NSF Standard 60 for Drinking Water
Treatment Chemicals.
Wash out container thoroughly after use. Do not leave

any residue in container.
Supplied in Europe as Breakpoint Shock.

tra demarks of BioLab Inc., USA.
115
Marine
Chemicals
ADVANTAGE TABLETS
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Control Bacteria and Algae Product Properties
Product Description ODOUR AND APPEARANCE: Blue, tablet with slight
A specially formulated 200 gram multifunctional blended chlorine odour
tablet for use in the skimmer, floater or chlorinator. Slow pH: 3 - 3.5 (1% solution @ 25°C)
dissolving and ideal for less regular and continuous MELTING POINT: 225°C
dosage methods. Up to 20% more effective than PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
traditional Trichlor tablets. Contains stabilisers, clarifiers
and buffers together in a minimum 67% available chlorine 657 625715 25 kg Plastic
formulation. bucket
How it Works Features, Benefits and Applications

These specially formulated, stabilised chlorine tablets are • 65,1 % avaliable chlorine
designed to control bacteria and algae in swimming pool • Multi-Functional
water. In addition to sanitising, Advantage Tablets can • Reduces chlorine demand
provide continuous clarification and a reduction in the • Can be used in chlorinator, floater or skimmer
amount of product required to treat pool water. • Less cyanuric acid build-up
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
Skimmer this product
Place one tablet per 50 m3 of pool water into the
skimmer basket. This should be applied every 2-4 days For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
depending upon demand to ensure the correct residual is to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
being maintained.
Floating dispenser company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Fill the dispenser with Advantage Tablets and regulate the any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
flow with the mechanism on the dispenser by placing product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
fewer tablets in the device to maintain the chlorine goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
residual required. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
described herein.
Automatic Feeder
Place Advantage Tablets in the feeder and follow the
manufacturers instructions on regulating the flow to
maintain the correct residual.
Supplied in USA/Asia as Chlorinating Tablets.

tra demarks of BioLab Inc., USA.
116
Marine Chemicals_c 16-04-08 08:34 Side 117
Marine
Chemicals
CHLORINATING TABLETS
Control Bacteria and Algae Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
APPEARANCE: Tablet
Product Description Physical state: Solid
These large, 3“ tablets have the sanitizing power of 90% Odour: Chlorine
available chlorine and built-in chlorine stabilisers to Colour: White
maintain proper chlorine levels in sunlight. For use in pH: 3 to 3.5 (1% solution @ 25°C)
chlorine feeders, floaters and skimmers. THERMAL DECOMPOSITION: 225°C TO 230°C
SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 1.2 g / 100 g Water
How They Work DENSITY: 55 - 60 lb. / cu ft
These specially formulated, stabilised chlorine tablets are PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
designed to control bacteria and algae in swimming pool
water. In addition to sanitising, Advantage Tablets can 657 624775 22.6 Pail
provide continuous clarification and a reduction in the
amount of product required to treat pool water.
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates • For use in chlorine feeders, floaters and skimmers
Skimmer • An effective, stabilised chlorine disinfecting agent
Place one tablet per 50 m3 of pool water into the • Reduces the growth of harmful algae and
skimmer basket. This should be applied every 2-4 days micro-organisms
depending upon demand to ensure the correct residual is • Swimming pool sanitiser
being maintained.
Floating dispenser this product
Fill the dispenser with Advantage Tablets and regulate the
flow with the mechanism on the dispenser by placing For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
fewer tablets in the device to maintain the chlorine to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
residual required.
Automatic Feeder company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Place Advantage Tablets in the feeder and follow the any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
manufacturers instructions on regulating the flow to product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
maintain the correct residual. goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
described herein.
Supplied in Europe as Advantage Tablets.
Guardex® and Spa Essentials® are registered tra
demarks of BioLab Inc., USA.
117
Marine
Chemicals
STAIN & SCALE CONTROL
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Stain Prevention Product Properties
Inhibits scale formation from excessive calcium and Colour: Colourless
prevents staining from iron, copper and manganese. pH: < 3.5
Stain & Scale Control helps prevent scale formation on PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
spa surfaces, heaters, piping and equipment. Prevents
stains caused by iron, copper and manganese. 657 625368 12 x 0.94 Ltr Pints
in case
To treat for metals already present in pool water, first Features, Benefits and Applications
backwash the filter and leave the pump running. Apply • For Spas & Hot Tubs
Stain & Scale Away at a rate of 200 ml per 100m3 of pool • Prevents staining and controls scale build-up
water, directly into an area of the pool where circulation is • Prevents water discoloration
good. • Easy to use
A weekly maintenance dose of 25 ml per 10m3 of pool Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
water is recommended. this product
When fresh stains are sighted, turn the pump off for 8 For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
hours and slowly add 200 ml per 10m3 of pool water as to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
close to the stain as possible. Do not swim or operate
pump for 24 hours and then brush stains daily. Use a filter Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
aid to help remove the re-dissolved metals. company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
Note: product shall not be effective or actionable unless the
Backwash the filter according to the manufacturers goods are used as directed herein and in no other manner
instructions. Do not apply within 24–48 hours of shocking due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
the pool. Best results are obtained when the pool is described herein.
treated after sunset and when the chlorine level is
1,100mg/l. Do not use shock treatments for seven days
following use of Stain & Scale Away.
Never use more than 750 ml per 10m3 of this product in

one treatment.
Supplied in Europe as Stain & Scale Away.

118
Marine
Chemicals
DEFOAMER
Foaming Prevention Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
APPEARANCE: Milky
Product Description ODOUR: Mild
Eliminates unsightly foam from spa water, hot tubs and COLOUR: White
other water features caused by soaps, suntan lotion and pH: 6.0 to 7.0
detergents. BOILING POINT: 100°C
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.00
How it Works SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Dispersible in water
Spa Essential Defoamer quickly eliminates and prevents VAPOUR PRESSURE: 1 (Air = 1)
foaming in spas and hot tubs. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates 657 624882 12 x 0.47 Ltr Pints
Add an initial dose of 50 ml per 450 litres of spa water, in case
adding up to half this dose again if foaming becomes a
problem.
The introduction of plenty of fresh water on a daily basis, • For spas and hot tubs
even to the extent of emptying the spa daily, and • Quickly eliminates foam
encouraging bathers to shower before they enter the spa • Easy application
on every occasion, will reduce likely foaming problems.
this product


Supplied in Europe as Sunspot Nofoam. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
Guardex® and Spa Essentials® are registered tra described herein.
119
Marine
Chemicals
BROMINE TABLETS
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Disinfectant and Sanitiser Product Properties
APPEARANCE: White tablet
Product Description ODOUR: Faint Halogen odour
Bromine based disinfectant/sanitiser ideal for higher pH: 3.5
water temperatures. SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 0.15 (at 25°C)
MELTING POINT: Sublimes at 145 – 160°C approx.
How They Work SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.96 g/cm3
Bromine tablets slowly dissolve to provide effective PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
on-going spa and pool sanitation and disinfection.
657 625624 6 x 0.5 kg Bottles in
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates outer box
These tablets are designed for use with a Bromine
Feeder. When feeder device requires filling with tablets
always follow manufacturers instructions. Ensure tablets Features, Benefits and Applications
used in the feeder are of the same chemical. If other • Dissolving tablets for pools and spas
materials have been used previously, wash out feeder • Disinfects and sanitises
thoroughly before adding tablets. • Effective in warm water
• For use in Bromine Feeders
Adjust feeder to ensure a constant bromine residual is
present in the pool or spa. Check bromine levels regularly Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
with Pool Test Kit (product number 665 624866) this product
and maintain a bromine residual of 2–4 mg/l. Check pH
regularly and maintain a level of 7.2 to 7.6. For detailed information on safety and health, please refer

Supplied in USA/Asia as Spa Essentials Sanitiser. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
120
Marine
Chemicals
POOL SURFACE CLEANER
Waterline Cleaning Product Properties Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
APPEARANCE: Clear
Product Description PHYSICAL STATE: Liquid
For removal of scum line (bath tub ring) along the water ODOUR: Perfumed aroma
line. Quickly eliminates oils, greases, light scale and fresh Colour: Red
stains. pH: < 2.5
This product removes most stubborn scale, metal stains, VISCOSITY: 3500 to 5500 cps
grease and common dirt. Clings to vertical surfaces for PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
easy cleaning. May be used on plastic, vinyl, fibreglass,
ceramic, stainless steel, aluminium and painted surfaces. 657 625376 12 x 0.94 Ltr Box
Unlike many household cleaners, this product surface
cleaner is compatible with swimming pool water. Do not
use on copper, brass, marble or galvanised surfaces. Do Features, Benefits and Applications
not allow undiluted material to remain on porous surfaces • For Pools, Spas & Hot Tubs
such as masonry bricks for extended periods of time • Prevents staining and controls scale build-up
(30–60 minutes). • Removes oils, grease and other deposits from pool
surfaces
Apply a damp sponge or brush and scrub pool surface at Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
water level. Rinse treated surfaces thoroughly. To remove this product
heavy stains, allow cleaner to soak on stain for 5–10
minutes before scrubbing and rinsing. Use only soft For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
bristle brush or sponge on vinyl surfaces. to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label

Supplied in Europe as Pool Surface Cleaner. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
121
Marine
Chemicals
pH INCREASER
Ideal for use on
Cruise Ships
Raising pH of Pool Water Product Properties
APPEARANCE: Granules
A convenient, safe, granular product for raising the pH of ODOUR: Odourless
pool water with minimal effect on overall alkalinity. Colour: White
pH: 11.6 (1% solution)
How it Works THERMAL DECOMPOSITION: 400°C
This product is used to raise the pH of pool water. Proper SOLUBILITY IN WATER: 33 g/100 g Water
pH control is essential to eliminate problems caused DENSITY: 62.0 lb/cu ft
by pH being too low or too high. If pH is too low then SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 2.533 (water = 1) at 25°C
corrosion and staining may occur. PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in kg): Container
Directions for Use and Dosage Rates 657 624833 4 x 2.72 kg Pail
Ideal bathing conditions exist at a slightly alkaline pH level
of 7.2-7.6, with alkalinity of 80/150 mg / l. This range will
also allow the most effective use of other swimming pool Features, Benefits and Applications
chemicals. • Quickly and easily raises pH
Determine the pH of your pool water using Unitor Test Kit Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using
(Product no. 665 624866) this product
If the test reading is below 7.2 add pH Increaser by For detailed information on safety and health, please refer
pre-dissolving the material in a clean container with to Material Safety Data Sheet and/or Product Label
clean, warm water. Pour solution around the pool
perimeter and keep pump running to allow re-circulation. Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary
Wait 2–3 hours then recheck pH level, if it is still below company's warranties of fitness and merchantability, if
7.2 repeat the above procedure. any, as well as any expressed warranties regarding this
Supplied in Europe as pH Increaser. due to potential hazards from improper use of the goods
122
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
123
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
124
Equipment
Marine
Chemicals
FUEL/LUBE OIL TEST KITS
The Fuel Oil Test Cabinet
Viscometer
A new design, microprocessor controlled, easy to use,
fast and accurate electronic instrument to determine the
viscosity of lube oil at ambient temperature but corrected
to 40°C, or heated to the standard temperature of 40°C.
Also performs viscosity measurement of Intermediate
Fuels heated to 50°C. Estimation of the combustion
performance, Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index
(CCAI). Reports directly in cSt, repeat reading in one
minute.
Range:
20-810 cSt at 50°C (ISO Fuel Grades RMA 10 RML 55)
Salt Water Determination Test
20-810 cSt at 40°C (lube oils SAE 5 through SAE 50)
Insolubles Test
Density Meter
Comprehensive Training Manual included
An easy to use, fast instrument to determine the density
of a fuel. 850-1010 kg/m3 @ 15°C. Calculates the CCAI.
Description Product no.
Compatibility Test
Compatibility and stability determination. Prediction of a Oil Test Cabinet 663 607820
fuel's sludging tendencies. Spare parts and Reagents
Salt Water Determination Test 663 625756
Water in Oil Test Insolubles Test 663 625749
To determine the water content 0-1%, 0-10% or 1-10000 WiO Reagent Replacement Pack 663 602805
ppm in lube and fuel oil. TBN Reagent Replacement Pack 663 632406
Hydrometer 850-950 kg/m3 663 632513
TBN Test Hydrometer 900-1010 kg/m3 663 632521
For accurate testing of TBN (Total Base Number) in the Hydrometer 800-1010 kg/m3 663 632554
range of 0-60. Digital WiO and TBN Reaction Cell 663 632414
Compatibility Test Kit

• As per ASTM D 4740
• Small and compact
• Completely portable
• Power: 110-220 V
• Specifically designed for onboard use
• Complete with guide on methods to prevent sludging
• Results can be used to determine if precombustion
additives are required and to assess dose rate
• Easy to use. Fast-less than five minutes operator time.
No reagents. No glassware. Disposable sample
containers. No cleaning

Compatibility Test Kit 663 555755
Spare Parts
Sample Tubes, 50 pcs 663 555771
Compability Test Paper, 100 sheets 663 555789
125
Marine
Chemicals
Water-In-Oil Test Kit
• Reliable test for water content: 0-1%, 0-10% or
0-10000ppm
• Short testing time: 2 min
• Good accuracy
• Reagent packs available worldwide
• Water in lube oil will rapidly cause severe damage to
an engine, bearing or hydraulic system

Water-In-Oil Test Kit 663 632398
Spare parts and Reagents
WiO Reagent Replacement Pack 663 602805
Digital WiO Reaction Cell 663 632380
TBN Test Kit

• TBN Test Kit
• Easy to use
• Reliable result in a few minutes
• One reagent only (patented by Unitor)
• Non-toxic and non-flammable
• After use, simply clean with water
The Unitor TBN (Total Base Number) Test Kit is a major
advance in portable tests for oil alkalinity. The kit gives
results for crankcase and other lubricants in a very short
time, normally about 5 minutes. Designed for testing
lubricants with TBN up to 60. The results may be used as
an in-service check of depleting TBN to the equilibrium value.

TBN Test Kit 663 632448
TBN Reagent Replacement Pack 663 632406
Digital TBN Reaction Cell 663 632430
Combined Oil Test Kit

Comprises
• Water in oil test
• TBN test
• Insolubles test
• Salt water determination test
• Viscosity comparison test
• All necessary reagents and consumables
• Practical and clear instructions provide guidance and
interpretations of test results for the complete range
of tests

Combined Oil Test Kit 663 632422
WiO Reagent Replacement Pack 663 602805
TBN Reagent Replacement Pack 663 632406
Digital WiO and TBN Reaction Cell 663 632414
126
Marine
Chemicals
Density Meter
A fast and reliable device to accurately determine the densi-
ty of fuels from 800-1010 kg/m3 @ 15°C (ISO Fuel Grades
DMA to RML 55). Alllows rapid determination of exact bun-
ker delivery quantities.
Calculation of density at 15°C in vacuo, centiPoise to

centiStoke, and CCAI (Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index).
Clear instructions.

110-240 V AC 663 606251
Viscosity Meter
Small, fast and reliable. Measurements without heating
(but corrected to 40°C) or heated to 40°C for lube oil
viscosity and to 50°C for fuel oil viscosity.
Reports directly in cSt, repeat reading in one minute.

Calculation of Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index (CCAI)
and density correction from 50°C to 15°C in vacuo.
Clear and comprehensive user instructions.

110-240 V AC 663 606250
Bunker Sampler
Sizes from 3"-12" Product Nos. according to size 663
606252 - 663 606261
• Drip sampler
• Fully stainless steel
• Complies with ISO 3170, BS 31195, ASTM D 4057
and PSA recommendations
• Very easy to use
• Lloyd's type approval
• Comprehensive consumables
• Cubitainer and sample bottle kits ex. stock
Sampler valve cover 663 606262
(for PSA Regulations)
5 litre Cubitainer pack 663 606265
Fuel Oil sample bottle pack 663 606263
Case of 92 sample bottles 663 606264
127
Marine
Chemicals
LUBE OIL TEST KIT
Oil Test Centre
The Oil Test Centre is a microprocessor technology based testing station
providing laboratory grade results in the field for the following quality
parameters:
Viscosity: 15-810 cSt @ 40°C 30 sec.

Insolubles Loading: 0-3.5% W/W 30 sec.
Total Base number: 0-50 120 sec.
Total Acid number: 0-6 120 sec. (optional)
Water Contamination: 0-2.5% 120 sec. (0-600ppm optional)
Power: 110-220 V AC.
The Oil Test Centre is supplied with all necessary reagents and clear
instructions.
The equipment is a key part of the lubrication oil control program many
navies, have adopted. NATO Stock number 6630-99-215-5830.
CLEANING AND DOSING EQUIPMENT

Injectors For Soot Remover
Equipment for blowing soot remover powder into boiler fire-side or into
the gas side of exhaust gas boilers.
This simple, low cost injector ensures rapid and effective dosing of
powder so that soot and firescale may be removed most efficiently.
Operation - Portable Injector

The nozzle of the injector is inserted into a suitable part of the boiler and
an air supply is attached to the air hose connection. The valve is opened
allowing air to be blown into the boiler while soot remover is being fed
simultaneously into the funnel and is carried with the air into the
combustion zone.
Fixed injector
Product no. 664 572073
For further details of soot remover usage and consumption, refer to the
soot remover data sheet.
Operation - Fixed Injector

1) Fill dosing pot with soot remover.
2) Open valves in sequence A.B.C.
3) Open vent lock until soot remover is injected.
4) Close valves in opposite sequence C.B.A.
Note
A. Place outlet from injector in same direction as gas flow. Portable injector
B. Prevent bends in injection pipe, if not possible make bends of 45°, only Product no. 664 572065
last bend 90°.
Soot remover injector units Installation layout
128
Marine
Chemicals
Manual Dosing Unit for Soot Remover Liquid
Equipment for the injection of Soot Remover Liquid into the exhaust
ducting. The product is finely dispersed and prevents the build-up of soot
and fire scale in the exhaust system and exhaust boiler.
The installation and operation is fully described in the installation
instructions. For dosages of Soot Remover Liquid please refer to the
Product Data Sheet no. 815838
Product Product no.

Manual Dosing Unit for Soot Remover Liquid 664 625194
Automatic Dosing Unit for soot remover liquid

Soot and exhaus deposits greatly reduce efficiency and can ultimately
lead to boiler failure. Effective control of those deposits will ensure reli-
able boiler operation.
The Automatic Dosing Unit gives you full control at the touch of a button.
Product Product no.

Soot remover liquid Dosing Unit 664 711358
129
Marine
Chemicals
WATER TEST KIT SELECTOR
Application Product Rocor Dieselguard Combitreat Liquitreat Autotreat Condensate Oxygen Oxygen Cat. Alkalinity Hardness
NB NB Control Control Scavenger Sulphite Control Control
Liquid Plus
Engine Rocor NB 309

cooling Liquid
water *
Engine Dieselguard 309

cooling NB
water *
Combined Combitreat 310 310 315/ 315/313 310/

boiler water ** 312 sulphite
treatments
Combined Liquitreat 310 310

boiler water **
treatments
Combined Autotreat 310 315/ 315/313

boiler water ** 312
treatments
Single Condensate 310 310 311 311

application Control
boiler **
treatments
Single Oxygen 315/312 315/312 311/312 311/312

application Control
boiler **
treatments
Single Oxygen 315/313 315/313 311/313 311/313

application Scavenger
boiler Plus
treatments **
Single Cat. 310/ 311/ 311/

application Sulphite sulphite sulphite sulphite
boiler **
treatments
Single Alkalinity 311 311/ 311/313 311/ 311

application Control 312 sulphite
boiler **
treatments
Single Hardness 311 311/ 311/313 311/ 311 311

application Control 312 sulphite
boiler **
treatments
The numbers represent the appropriate Spectrapak test kit. In

cells with two numbers, the number to the right is an extention kit.
Sulphite represents the sulphite mini testkit.
More information about individual products and test kits is

available in the Technical Product Data sheets.
* Can be used alone.

** Should always be used in combination with other product(s).
130
Marine
Chemicals
SPEKTRAPAK 309
Unitor's Cooling Water Treatment Programme
Water Test Kits
The tests recommended to maintain cooling water within
the prescribed limits when using Dieselguard NB/Rocor
NB Liquid are as follows:
Nitrite - Recommended Limits 1000-2400 ppm as NO2

The nitrite concentration should be maintained within the
above recommended limits to effectively inhibit any
corrosive or scaling action within a closed cooling
system. Too high a concentration should be avoided to
minimize the cost to maintain the system. Insufficient
dosage can set up a condition where accelerated
corrosion can occur in areas which become unprotected.
Dieselguard NB/Rocor NB Liquid is dosed according to the
nitrite level recommended.
pH - Recommended Limits 8.3-10

The effectiveness of a corrosion inhibitor is restricted to
within a certain pH range. Treatment with Dieselguard
NB/Rocor NB Liquid ensures that this pH range is
observed when the nitrite level is sufficiently maintained
to prevent corrosion. Under certain conditions, because
of external contamination, the pH may not fall into the
range usually found with the correct nitrite dosage. In
such cases, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends It is advisable to conduct the appropriate tests within 30
dosing 50 ml of Unitor's Alkalinity Control per ton of minutes of drawing the sample, although this time limit
cooling water to raise the pH value when the pH is below can be extended when the sample container is
8.3. Re-test pH after dosage to assure pH value is being completely filled and sealed.
maintained between 8.3-10.0.
Test results - cooling water treatment
Chlorides - Recommended limit max. 50 ppm A. Recording - Always use Unitor's Rapid Response log
The chloride value of the cooling water should be kept as forms to record all readings and to keep track of all
low as possible, any increase in value whether sudden or results.
gradual, will be an indication of sea water contamination. 1. Log form - Cooling Water Treatment Log, No. 309.
Check with engine manufacturer for other specified limits. 2. Frequency - Samples should be drawn, tested and
If the chloride level exceeds 50 ppm, the possibility of results logged for each system a minimum of once
corrosion in the system increases because chlorides have per week and if possible six times per month.
a negative effect on the passivation film created by B. Reporting - The completed log sheet for the month
nitrites. Therefore, until corrective action has succeeded should be distributed as shown at the bottom of the
in bringing the chloride level back down below 50 ppm, form, at the end of each month:
the nitrite level should be kept close to the upper limit 1. Blue copy - to Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid
(2400 ppm). Response Centre in Norway (address labels at
back of log pad)
Sampling of diesel engines 2. Beige copy - Vessel owner
Accessible sampling cocks should exist on all cooling 3. Lilac copy - to be kept onboard
systems for each diesel engine. This including, but not
C. Evaluation
limited to, main jacket water, piston cooling, fuel oil valve,
1. Logs will be reviewed at the Wilhelmsen Ships
auxiliary engines, low temperature systems, etc. A
Service Rapid Response Centre for adherence to
representative sample, must be taken from each cooling
recommended specifications, by Unitor's Rapid
water system to be tested. To minimize the effort in
Response staff.
obtaining cooling water samples, a sample cock located
2. A report letter indicating the status of the ship's
in a position to draw a sample/having access to draw the
system, any problems and relevant
sample quickly and easily, will make the task of drawing
samples simple. In each case of drawing a sample, the recommendations will be issued to the ship's operator.
container should be filled with the water to be tested, See also next page
sealed and labelled.
131
Marine
Chemicals
SPECTRAPAK 309 Cooling Water Test Kit Calculation
Cooling Water Treatment NITRITE, CHLORIDE & pH Chloride ppm = (number of tablets used x 20) -20
For example:
Product no: 661 739466 lf 3 tablets are used then chloride
Nitrite test ppm = (3 x 20) -20 = 40 ppm.
1. Take a 5 ml water sample with the syringe and put into
the container provided. 4. Mark the result obtained on the log sheets provided,
2. Make the sample up to 50 ml using distilled water. against the date on which the test was taken.
3. Add two nitrite No. 1 tablets and shake to disintegrate
(or crush with the rod provided). Sample will be white. pH test
4. Add one nitrite No. 2 tablet and shake to disintegrate. 1. Dip one of the test strips into the water sample so that
5. Continue adding the nitrite No. 2 tablets, one at a the colour zone is completely immersed.
time, until a pink colour persists for at least one 2. Compare the colour obtained with the reference, and
minute. read off the printed pH value.
3. Mark the result obtained on the log sheet provided,
Calculation against the date on which the test was taken.
NITRITE (ppm) = number of No. 2 tablets x 180
For example: Spares
If 9 tablets are used, nitrite = 9 x 180 = 1620 ppm. Standard replacement reagents are available from your
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Representative.
6. Mark the result obtained on the log sheets provided, REAGENTS RE-ORDER Product no:
against the date on which the test was taken.
Nitrite No. 1 tablets 661 555623
Chloride test Nitrite No. 2 tablets 661 555631
1. Take a 50ml water sample in the container provided. Chloride tablets 661 739458
2. Add one chloride tablet and shake to disintegrate, pH papers (6.5.10) 661 555698
sample will turn yellow if chlorides are present.
3. Repeat tablet addition, one at a time until the yellow EQUIPMENT
colour changes to orange/brown. Plastic sample container 661 555714
SPECTRAPAK 310
Unitor's Combined Boiler Water Treatment Programme
Water Test Kits

The tests recommended to maintain boiler water within
the desired level of quality when treating with Unitor
Liquitreat/Combitreat are as follows:
A. p-Alkalinity - Recommended Limits: 100-300 ppm as

CaCO3
B. Chlorides - 200 ppm maximum as Cl-.
C. Condensate pH - 8.3-9.0
D. Hotwell temperature - 70-90°C
Dosage level of Liquitreat/Combitreat is based on the

p-Alkalinity value of the boiler water. However, chlorides
and condensate pH must also be controlled and
maintained as recommended. Knowledge of all relevant
parameters is desirable to enable better interpretation Controlling Alkalinity
and correct application of treatment. To increase the The alkalinity is a more accurate indicator of the boiler
condensate pH, use Liquitreat/Combitreat in conjunction water condition than pH. The phenolphthalein (P)
with your combined product boiler water treatment. It alkalinity is measured to determine whether the correct
is recommended to dose Liquitreat/ Combitreat on a conditions of alkalinity exist in the boiler.
continuous basis, to maintain the condensate pH within See also next page
the recommended range of 8.3-9.0 at all times.
132
Marine
Chemicals
Controlling Chlorides Calculation
The chloride value reveals any presence of dissolved salts P. Alkalinity ppm (CaCO3) = (Number of tablets used x 20) -10.
in the boiler. An increase, gradual or sudden, in the level For example:
of chloride is an indication of contamination by sea water lf 8 tablets are used then P. Alkalinity = (8 x 20) -10 = 150 ppm.
and the chloride level is often used as a reference point
4. Mark this result on the log sheets provided, against
when controlling rate of blowdown.
the date on which the test was taken.
pH BOILER
Chloride test
Recommended limits of 9.5-11.0. An additional test to
1. For boilers under 30 bar (KG/CM2) take a 50 ml
determine the pH of the boiler water can be carried out to
sample in the stoppered bottle provided.
give a better overall understanding of the boiler water
2. Add one chloride tablet and shake to disintegrate,
quality.
sample will turn yellow if chlorides are present
3. Repeat tablet addition until the yellow colour changes
Condensate pH
to orange/brown.
To control corrosion in a boiler, condensate and feed
water section, the condensate pH should be kept
Chloride (cont.) calculation (50 ml sample)
between 8.3-9.0. Monitoring the pH of this water is very
Chloride ppm = (number of tablets used x 20)-20 For
important in maintaining a complete Boiler Water
example: lf 4 tablets are used then chloride ppm = (4 x
Treatment Management Programme.
20) -20 = 60 ppm.
Test results - Combined treatment 4. Mark the result obtained on the log sheets provided,
A. Recording - Always use the Rapid Response log forms against the date on which the test was taken.
to record all readings and to keep track of all results. N.F. For higher expected chloride levels reduce the water
1. Log form - Combined Boiler Water Treatment Log, sample size e.g. 25 ml sample will give steps of 40 ppm
No. 310. per tablet used. For lower expected chloride levels
2. Frequency - Samples should be drawn, tested and increase the water sample volume e.g. 1OO ml sample
results logged minimum every third day. will give steps of 1O ppm per tablet used.
B. Reporting - The completed log sheet for the month
should be distributed as shown at the bottom of the pH test
form, at the end of each month: 7.5-14.0 For boiler water
1. Blue copy - to the Rapid Response Centre in Norway 6.5-10.0 For condensate water
(address labels at back of log pad) 1. Take a 50 ml sample of water to be tested in the
2. Beige copy - Vessel owner plastic sample container provided.
3. Lilac copy - to be kept onboard 2. Using the white 0.6 grm scoop provided, add one
measure of the pH reagent to the water sample, allow
C. Evaluation
to dissolve - stir if required.
1. Logs will be reviewed at the Rapid Response Centre
3. Select the correct range of pH test strip and dip it into
for adherence to recommended specifications, by
the water sample for approximately 10 seconds.
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid Response staff.
4. Withdraw the strip from the sample and compare the
2. A report letter indicating the status of the ship´s
colour obtained with the colour scale on the pH
system, any problems and relevant recommendations
indicator strips container.
will be issued to the ship's operator.
5. Record the pH value obtained on the log sheet
provided, against the date on which the test was
SPECTRAPAK 310
taken.
Low Pressure Boiler Water Test Kit
Boiler Water Treatment Test Kit p-Alkalinity, Chloride & pH
Spares:
Product no: 661 739474 Standard replacement reagents are available from your
Wilelmsen Ships Service Representative.
P ALKALINITY TEST REAGENTS RE ORDER Product no:

1. Take a 200 ml water sample in the stoppered bottle
P. Alkalinity tablets 661 555664
provided.
Chloride tablet 661 739458
2. Add one P. Alkalinity tablet and shake to disintegrate. If
pH paper replacement pack
P. Alkalinity is present the sample will turn blue.
(7.5-14 & 5.5-10) and pH reagent) 661 555706
3. Repeat tablet addition until the blue colour changes to
permanent yellow.
EQUIPMENT:
250 ml sample bottles 661 555557
133
Marine
Chemicals
SPECTRAPAK 315
Boiler Water Treatment Programme
Water Test Kits
Product no. 661 739490
The tests recommended to maintain boiler water

within the desired level of quality when treating with
Autotreat or Combitreat in conjunction with Oxygen
Scavenger Plus or Oxygen Control are as follows:
A. P-alkalinity - Recommended Limits:

100-300 ppm as CaCO3
B. Chlorides - 200 ppm maximum as Cl-.
C. Condensate pH - 8.3-9.0
D. Hotwell temperature - 70-90°C
Dosage level of Autotreat/Combitreat is based on the

P-alkalinity value of the boiler water. However,
chlorides and condensate pH must also be controlled and
maintained as recommended. Knowledge of all relevant
parameters is desirable to enable better interpretation
and correct application of treatment. To increase the
TEST RESULTS - COMBINED TREATMENT
condensate pH, use Unitor's Condensate Control in
A. Recording - When using Boiler Water Management
conjunction with Combitreat. It is recommended to dose
all measurements are taken automatically. When
Condensate Control on a continuous basis, to maintain
manually dosing, follow the following routine.
the condensate pH within the recommended range of
1. Log form - Combined Boiler Water Treatment Log.
8.3-9.0 at all times.
2. Frequency - Samples should be drawn, tested and
results logged minimum every third day.
Controlling Alkalinity
The alkalinity is a more accurate indicator of the boiler
B. Reporting - The completed log sheet for the month
water condition than pH when water quality is monitored
should be distributed as shown at the bottom of the
manually. The phenolphthalein (P) Alkalinity is measured
form, at the end of each month:
to determine whether the correct conditions of alkalinity
1. Blue copy - to Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid
exist in the boiler.
Response Centre in Norway (address labels at back
of log pad)
Controlling Chlorides
2. Beige copy - Vessel owner
The chloride value will reveal any presence of dissolved
3. Lilac copy - to be kept onboard
salts in the boiler. An increase, gradual or sudden, in the
level of chloride is an indication of contamination by sea
C. Evaluation
water and the chloride level is often used as a reference
1. Logs will be reviewed at the Rapid Response Centre
point when controlling rate of blowdown.
for adherence to recommended specifications, by
pH BOILER Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid Response staff.
Recommended limits of 9.5-11.0. An additional test to 2. A report letter indicating the status of the ship's
determine the pH of the boiler water can be carried out to system, any problems and relevant recommendations
give a better overall understanding of the boiler water will be issued to the ship's operator.
quality.
pH-Condensate
To control corrosion in a boiler, condensate and feed
water section, the condensate pH should be kept
between 8.3-9.0. Monitoring the pH of this water is very
important in maintaining a complete Boiler Water
Treatment Programme.
See also next page
134
Marine
Chemicals
SPECTRAPAK 315 pH test
Low Pressure Boiler Water Test Kit 7.5-14.0 For boiler water
Boiler Water Treatment Test Kit P. ALKALINITY, CHLORIDE & pH 6.5-10.0 For condensate water
1. Take a 50 ml sample of water to be tested in the
Product no. 661 739490 plastic sample container provided.
2. Using the white 0.6 grm scoop provided, add one
P ALKALINITY TEST measure of the pH reagent to the water sample, allow
1. Take a 200 ml water sample in the stoppered bottle to dissolve - stir if required.
provided. 3. Select the correct range of pH test strip and dip it into
2. Add one P. Alkalinity tablet and shake to disintegrate. the water sample for approximately 10 seconds.
If P. Alkalinity is present the sample will turn blue. 4. Withdraw the strip from the sample and compare the
3. Repeat tablet addition until the blue colour changes to colour obtained with the colour scale on the pH
permanent yellow. indicator strips container.
Calculation provided, against the date on which the test was taken.
P. Alkalinity ppm (CaCO3) = (Number of tablets used x 20) -10.
For example: SPARES:
lf 8 tablets are used then P. Alkalinity = (8 x 20) -10 = 150 ppm. Standard replacement reagents are available from your
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Representative.
4. Mark this result on the log sheets provided, against REAGENTS Product no:
the date on which the test was taken.
P. Alkalinity tablets 661 555664
Chloride test Chloride tablets 661 739458
1. For boilers under 30 bar (KG/CM2) take a 50 ml pH paper replacement pack
sample in the stoppered bottle provided. (7.5-14 & 5.5-10) and pH reagent) 661 555706
2. Add one chloride tablet and shake to disintegrate,
sample will turn yellow if chlorides are present EQUIPMENT
3. Repeat tablet addition until the yellow colour changes 250 ml sample bottles 661 555557
to orange/brown. Lovibond 2000 comparator 661 555565
10 ml moulded cell 661 555599
Chloride (cont.) calculation (50 ml sample) Filter paper 661 555730
Chloride ppm = (number of tablets used x 20)-20 For Plastic Funnel 661 573048
example: lf 4 tablets are used then Beaker 661 568717
chloride ppm = (4 x 20) -20 = 60 ppm. Stirring rods plastic 661 573055
4. Mark the result obtained on the log sheets provided,

N.B. For higher expected chloride levels reduce the water

sample size e.g. 25 ml sample will give steps of 40 ppm
per tablet used. For lower expected chloride levels
increase the water sample volume e.g. 1OO ml sample
will give steps of 1O ppm per tablet used.
135
Marine
Chemicals
SPECTRAPAK 311
Water Test Kits
Unitor's Coordinated Boiler
Water Treatment Programme
Product no 311: 661 739482

For medium and high pressure boilers, the use of combin-
ed product treatment is not recommended. This is becau-
se higher pressures and temperatures increase the ten-
dency of scaling and corrosion, which makes it
necessary to change the chemical conditions and test
parameters individually.
SPECTRAPAK 311
Hardness Control
Hardness Control is a phosphate powder product used in
boiler water treatment to precipitate dissolved calcium
hardness salts and to convert these salts to
non-adherent calcium phosphate sludge, which can be
easily removed by blowdown. Hardness Control is highly
effective in achieving this function requiring
minimum dosages.
Alkalinity Control PHOSPHATE (ppm p04)

Alkalinity Control is used to obtain the correct pH 1. Take the comparator with the 10 ml cells provided.
level necessary for the phosphate treatment to react with 2. Slide the phosphate disc into the comparator.
calcium salts. 3. Filter the water sample into both cells up to the 10 ml
mark.
Dissolved Oxygen 4. Place one cell in the left hand compartment.
The Spectrapak 311 test kit can be extended for testing 5. To the other cell add one phosphate tablet, crush and
the presence of oxygen scavengers. Spectrapak 312 is mix until completely dissolved.
used as extension to test for Hydrazine when Oxygen 6. After 10 minutes place this cell into the right hand
Control is in use. Spectrapak 313 is used as extension to compartment of the comparator.
test for DEHA when Oxygen Scavenger Plus is in use. 7. Hold the comparator towards a light.
8. Rotate the disc until a colour match is obtained.
Catalysed Sodium Sulphite L (liquid) 9. Record the result obtained on the log sheet provided,
Unitor's catalyzed sulphite product is used as scavengers against the date on which the test was taken.
in place of hydrazine where economy is of importance. It
should not be used in boilers at pressures above 30 bars P. ALKALINITY (ppm CaC03)
where the TDS level is critical. 1. Take a 200 ml water sample in the stoppered bottle.
2. Add one p. Alkalinity tablet and shake or crush to
Condensate Control disintegrate.
Condensate Control is a neutralizing volatile amine 3. If Alkalinity is present the sample will turn blue.
recommended to be used in all boiler systems for raising 4. Repeat the tablet addition, one at a time (giving time
the pH of condensate and steam to a non-corrosive level for the tablet to dissolve), until the blue colour turns to
(pH 8.3-9.0). The dosage is determined by the results of a permanent yellow.
daily condensate pH test. Condensate Control should be 5. Count the number of tablets used and carry out the fol-
dosed using a continuous feed system daily. lowing calculation: p. Alkalinity, ppm CaC03 =
(Number of Tablets x 20) -10 e.g. 12 Tablets = (12 x
SPECTRAPAK 311 20) -10 = 230 ppm CaCO3
Boiler Water Test Kit (Full Service) 6. Record the result obtained on the log sheet provided,
Phosphate, P. & M. Alkalinity Chloride, pH against the date on which the test was taken.
N.B. The oxygen scavenger test is optional 7. Retain the sample for the M. Alkalinity test.
(Spectrapack 312/313).
Product no 661 739482

See also next page
136
Marine
Chemicals
M. alkalinity (ppm CaC03) pH TEST
1. To the p. Alkalinity sample add one m. Alkalinity tablet 7.5-14.0 For boiler water
and shake or crush to disintegrate. 6.5-10.0 For condensate water
2. Repeat tablet addition, one at a time (giving time for 1. Take a 50 ml sample of water to be tested in the
the tablet to dissolve), until the sample turns to plastic sample container provided.
permanent red/pink. 2. Using the white 0.6 mm scoop provided, add one
3. Count the number tablets used and carry out the follo- measure of the pH reagent to the water sample, allow
wing calculation: m. Alkalinity, ppm CaC03= (Number to dissolve - stir if required
of P&M tablets x 20) -10 e.g. If 12 P. and 5M. Alkalinity 3. Select the correct range of pH test strip and dip it into
Tablets are used M Alkalinity = [(12 + 5) x 20] -10 = the water sample for approximately 10 seconds.
330 ppm CaC03 4. Withdraw the strip from the sample and compare the
4. Record the result obtained on the log sheet provided, colour obtained with the colour scale on the pH
against the date on which the test was taken. indicator strips container.
Chloride (PPM Cl) provided, against the date on which the test was
The range of chloride to be tested determines the size of taken.
water samples used. The higher the chloride level the
smaller the size of water sample used - this saves Spares
tablets.e.g. Standard spares packs for the Spectrapak Test Kit range
For low chloride levels use 100 ml water sample. For are available from your local Wilhelmsen Ships Service
higher chloride levels use 50 ml water sample. Representative.
1. Take the water sample in the stoppered bottle Spares for this Test Kit - Spectrapak 311
provided.
2. Add one chloride tablet and shake to disintegrate. REAGENTS Product no:
Sample will turn yellow if chlorides are present. Phosphate tablets 661 555649
3. Repeat tablet addition, one at a time (giving time for Chloride tablets 661 739458
the tablet to dissolve), until the yellow colour changes P. Alkalinity tablets 661 555664
to permanent red/brown. M. Alkalinity tablets 661 555672
4. Count the number of tablets used and perform the pH paper replacement pack
following calculation: (7.5-14 & 5.5-10) and pH reagent 661 555706
For 100 ml water sample - Chloride ppm = (Number Filter paper 661 555730
of tablets x 10) -10 e.g. 4 Tablets = (4 x 10) -10 = 30 Hydrazine reagent 661 555680
ppm chloride
For 50ml water sample: EQUIPMENT Product no:
Chloride ppm = (Number of Tablets x 20) -20
e.g. 4 Tablets = (4 x 20) -20 = 60 ppm 250 ml samples bottles 661 555557
For higher expected chloride levels reduce water Lovibond 2000 comparator 661 555565
sample volume, for lower chloride levels increase Phosphate disc 3/70 661 555573
water sample volume. 10 ml moulded cells 661 555599
5. Record the result obtained on the log sheet provided, Hydrazine disc 3/126 661 555581
137
Marine
Chemicals
SPECTRAPAK 312
Product no 312: 661 555490
Water Test Kits
The test recommended to ensure boiler water is free
from dissolved oxygen when using Unitor's Oxygen
Control (Hydrazine, N2H4).
Hydrazine is a colourless liquid at ambient temperatures,

being completely mixable with water. It is used to
efficiently scavenge and remove oxygen from
condensate, feedwater, and boiler water. Hydrazine
reacts with oxygen, acting as a scavenger. The reaction
results in nitrogen and water, no solids being added to the
boiler system. Some of the hydrazine will carry over with
the steam, aiding in maintaining the condensate pH in an
alkaline range, which thereby helps combat acid
formation. Hydrazine will also form magnetite which will
act as a protective layer against further corrosion.
SPECTRAPAK 312
Boiler Water Test Kit, Hydrazine
REAGENTS Product no:
Product no. 555490
Hydrazine reagent 661 555680
HYDRAZINE (PPM N2 H4)
This is an option to the Spectrapak 311 and 315. This test
must be performed below 21°C. A cooling coil should be EQUIPMENT
fitted at he sampling point or the sample should be cooled Hydrazine disc 3/126 661 555581
immediately under cold running water. Cloudy samples
should be filtered before testing.
1. Take the comparator with the 10 ml cells provided.

2. Slide the hydrazine disc into the comparator.
3. Add the water sample to both cells up to the 10ml
mark.
4. Place one cell in the left hand compartment of the
comparator.
5. To the other cell add one measure of hydrazine power
(using the black 1 grm scoop provided) and mix until
completely dissolved.
6. Wait 2 minutes and place the cell in the right hand
compartment of the comparator.
7. Hold up to the light and rotate the disc until a colour
match is obtained.
8. Record the reading shown as ppm hydrazine.
138
Marine
Chemicals
SPECTRAPAK 313
Product no 313: 661 698746
Water Test Kits
The test recommended to ensure boiler water is free of
dissolved oxygen when using Unitor's Oxygen
Scavenger Plus.
Controlling dissolved oxygen in boiler feed water and
boiler water is important to avoid pitting corrosion in
boiler systems. Unitor's Oxygen Scavenger Plus
contains DEHA, a low toxicity oxygen scavenger that is
distributed throughout the boiler system.
Dosage level of Oxygen Scavenger Plus is based on the
DEHA value of the condensate water. Note, a fresh
sample of condensate should be drawn for this analysis.
Great care should be taken in sampling to exclude
reaction of the sample with atmospheric oxygen. For this
purpose, use a 60 ml stoppered glass bottle. The sample DEHA Test
point should be fitted with a sample cooler, capable of 1. Fill the 60 ml bottle with sample direct from the
cooling the sample to below 30°C. DEHA - Recommended sample cooler by immersing the outlet tube to the
Limits in condensate: 0.08 - 0.30 PPM DEHA. bottom of the bottle. Let the sample flow and fill the
Test Results bottle and overflow for one minute.
A Recording - Always use the Rapid Response log forms 2. Gently remove the bottle from the sample outlet tube
to record all readings and to keep track of all so that the sample continues to overflow.
results 3. Gently place the stopper in the bottle so that a small
B Reporting - The completed log sheet for the month amount of sample is expelled and that no air bubbles
should be distributed as shown at the bottom of the are trapped under the stopper.
form, at the end of each month: 4. Cool the outside of the bottle with cold running water
1. Blue copy - to the Rapid Response Centre in if the sample feels warm. Remove the stopper.
Norway (address labels at back of log pad) 5. Carefully pour the sample into a 10 ml moulded cell,
2. Beige copy - Vessel owner filling to the 10 ml line.
3. Lilac copy - to be kept onboard 6. Transfer this 10 ml into the amber glass bottle by
C Evaluation pouring slowly down the side of the bottle.
1. Logs will be reviewed at the Rapid Response Centre 7. Add 6 drops of DEHA test solution by holding the
for adherence to recommended specifications, by plastic bottle vertically and squeezing gently. Swirl to
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Rapid Response staff mix.
2. A report letter indicating the status of the ship's 8. Now add one DEHA test tablet to the bottle. Crush
system, any problems and relevant recommenda and mix well to dissolve. Allow to stand for exactly 10
tions will be issued to the ship's operator. minutes.
SPECTRAPAK 313 9. Whilst waiting, decant another 10 ml of original
Boiler Water Test Kit sample into the 10 ml cell and add one DEHA test
Boiler Water Treatment Test Kit DEHA, tablet.
Product no: 661 698746 10. Crush and mix well to dissolve then place the cell in
the left hand compartment of the comparator. Slide
Spares: the DEHA disc into the comparator.
Standard replacement reagents are available from your 11. After the 10 minute standing period is complete, pour
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Representative the test solution from the amber glass bottle into
REAGENTS Product no: a clean 10 ml cell and place in the right hand
compartment of the comparator.
DEHA test solution 661 698761
12. Immediately match the colour against the disc by
DEHA test tablets 661 698753
holding the comparator facing a good source of
EQUIPMENT Product no: daylight if possible.
13. Record the reading as ppm DEHA.
DEHA disc (3/170) 661 698928
30ml amber sample bottle 661 698936
60ml sample bottle 661 698944
139
Marine
Chemicals
HIGH PRESSURE BOILER WATER TEST KIT
MultiDirect
Product number: Multidirect kit 661 729590

Accurate monitoring of boiler- feed- and condensate-
water samples is of increasing importance with higher
Boiler pressure and evaporation rate. The higher the
operating pressure of the boiler, the narrower the
specifications for the quality will be. Because the narrow
range for the various parameters normally checked (like
hydrazine, phosphate etc.), the accuracy of the test
procedure used should also increase with the operating
pressure of the boiler. Most treatment parameters are
analysed by colorimetric methods, and to improve the
accuracy of the test method, an advanced photometer is
included in the Unitor Multidirect kit. The photometer
eliminates the reliance on correct colour perception by
the human eye. Easy to use handheld conductivity and
pH meters are also included in the kit.
System Specifications
The kit is designed as a portable kit with hardware and performing a test with the photometer as i.e. finger marks
reagents in separate convenient cases. The photometer on the test cell can affect the accuracy of the reading.
is supplied with re-chargeable batteries and mains cable
for multi-voltage power supply. For each analysis, the instrument will perform a zero
calibration. This calibration is typically performed with the
The photometer is equipped with a foil keypad, scratch applicable water sample prior to adding the reagent(s)
and acid/solvent resistant. The electronic components and will help eliminate interference by i.e. slightly
are sealed, making the instrument splash proof. discoloured water samples.
When operating the photometer, applicable water The information in the display will guide the user through
parameters are listed in a menu on the screen. The user the steps of performing the each test. Detailed
selects the desired parameter method, and instructions description of each test procedure is provided in the
for sample preparation, reagents, zero calibration and manual.
testing are provided on screen. When the test is
complete the result is displayed. Parameters
The kit is supplied with 24mm and 16 mm vials for Standard parameters (reagents included)
testing. Reagents for the most common parameters area Refill product number:
also included. Reagents packs for all standard P.Alkalinity 661 729491
parameters are available in addition to a range of optional M.Alkalinity 661 729509
reagent packs. Certain parameters in addition to the ones Ammonia 661 729517
mentioned in table below can be offered on special Chloride 661 729525
request. For queries about additional parameters, please Hardness 661 729533
contact Wilhelmsen Ships Service. Hydrazine test powder 661 555680
Phosphate 661 729541
Operation Silica 661 729558
For accurate test results using the photometer it is pH Buffer tablets (7&10) 661 729632
important that the positioning mark on the cell is aligned pH reagent (conditioner) 661 568873
with the positioning mark next to the cell compartment. It
is also important to ensure that the test cell is clean when
See also next page
140
Marine
Chemicals
Standard optional parameters Countdown Function

Refill product number: In some methods, the photometer is programmed with a
specified time after adding the reagent to testing the
DEHA tablets* 661 698753 water sample. The time factor appears in the display after
DEHA solution* 661 698753 the test key is pressed. The time remaining after the key
Hydrazine Vials 661 729566 was pressed is continuously shown in the display. An
Dissolved Oxygen Vials 661 729574 audible signal sounds during the last ten seconds prior to
Phosphate Vials 661 729582 expiry of the waiting time. The test result is then shown in
Copper 661 729616 the display. The countdown function can be disabled,
Iron LR 661 729624 however this will in most cases reduce the accuracy of
Conductivity neutral soln. 661 568691 the test.
Standard solution cond. 661 568683
Handheld meters
* Reagents for DEHA test are supplied individually; both The Multidirect kit is equipped with handheld meters for
reagents are necessary to perform the DEHA test. For checking conductivity and pH. As any electrode based
other parameters all necessary reagents are supplied as meter, these instruments must be calibrated regularly to
one pack. ensure accurate results.
Handling of the Reagent Tablets The handheld meters can be re-ordered as individual
Tablet reagents represent an accurate and safe way of products:
chemical testing. Our tablets are produced according to Product number
the most stringent quality requirements, for high precision pH meter 661 607800
in test results. For best accuracy, both the tablet and the Conductivity meter 661 607801
foil packaging should be free from physical damage
(scratches etc.). Damaged reagents should be disposed Technical data for handheld meters:
of. A tablet reagent in sealed foil packaging offers
superior shelf life properties compared with i.e. liquid CHECKIT micro pH Conductivity
reagents.
Range 0 to 14 pH 0 to 1990 µ S/cm
When using tablet reagents, tare the foil next to the Resolution 0.1 pH 10 µ S/cm
Calibration (4), 7, 10 pH 1400 µ S/cm
tablet, and let the tablet fall into the cell. Touching the
Operating
tablet should be avoided for safe handling and to avoid
Temperature Range 0° - 50°C 0° - 50°C
possible contamination of the sample.
141
Marine
Chemicals
TEST KIT FOR COOLTREAT AL
Cooling Water Treatment Programme
Sampling of Diesel engines

TAccessible sampling cocks should exist on all cooling
systems for each diesel engine. This including, but not
limited to, main jacket water, piston cooling, fuel oil valve,
auxiliary engines, low temperature systems, etc. A
representative sample must be taken from each cooling
water system to be tested. To minimize the effort in
obtaining cooling water samples, a sample cock located
in a position to draw a sample/having access to draw the
sample quickly and easily, will make the task of drawing
samples simple. Before taking the sample the sampling
line if present, should be thoroughly flushed with cooling
water to ensure a representative sample is used for
testing. In each case of drawing a sample, the container
should be filled with the water to be tested, sealed and
labelled. It is advisable to conduct the appropriate tests
within 30 minutes of drawing the sample, although this
time limit can be extended when the sample container is
completely filled and sealed. Cooltreat AL inhibitor concentration test
1. Rinse the shaker tube with clean water before use.
The tests recommended to maintain cooling water within 2. Fill the 1ml syringe to above the 1.0ml mark with
prescribed limits when using Unitor Cooltreat AL are as Cooltreat reagent – ensure there are no air bubbles
follows: trapped. Set the plunger at the 1.0ml line.
pH: Recommended limits 7.0–9.5 NOTE: Check that no drops are on the syringe tip
The effectiveness of a corrosion inhibitor is restricted to then eject the 1ml into the shaker tube – pushing the
within a certain pH range. Deviations from the plunger fully down. Touch the tip of the syringe
recommended range may indicate of external against the side of the tube to collect the last drop.
contamination of the system.
3. Add 10 drops of Cooltreat indicator from the dropper
pH test bottle the solution will turn red.
1. Dip one of the test strips into the water sample so that 4. Fill a disposable pipette with sample water. Add
the colour zone is completely immersed for minimum sample water a few drops at a time, swirling the tube
10 seconds. with each addition.The colour will change to a cloudy
2. Compare the colour obtained with the reference, and purple, then a greyish colour. Add sample drop by drop
read off the printed pH value. at this point until a permanent green tint is produced.
5. Read the ‘% Cooltreat’ in the sample from the liquid
Cooltreat AL concentration test: Recommended level in the tube.
minimum level 6%.
The Cooltreat AL concentration should be maintained at a
minimum of 6% in the engine cooling water. For systems SPARES Product no:
where glycol is added for frost protection, a minimum
concentration of 8% is recommended. At concentrations Cooltreat shaker tube 661 735738
below the recommended minimum levels, the corrosion Syringe & pipette replacement
protection provided by the inhibitor product will not be as pack 661 735761
efficient. Higher treatment residual levels will not cause
any harm to the system, but will be less cost efficient.
REAGENTS
pH papers 6.5 - 10 (2 x pack) 661 555698
Cooltreat indicator & Cooltreat
reagent pack 661 735746
142
Marine
Chemicals
DOSING SYSTEM FOR WATER TREATMENT AND
FUEL OIL TREATMENT
Cleaning and Dosing Equipment
Optional accessory
Alarm kit: 664 683771
Consult your Wilhelmsen Ships Service service engineer
for advice.
The standard dosing unit consists of:

1. Electronic metering pump
2. Dosing container
3. Adjustable suction assembly, with float switch
4. Dosing tube
5. Injection valve assembly for hot systems, complete
with 1 metre stainless steel pipe
Recommended installation layout.

1. Boiler Water Treatment
Dosing valve into the boiler water feedline after the
re-circulation line.
Product Product no.
Boiler water treatment dosing unit 664 619312
Spares:
Spare BETA pump Boiler water treatment dosing unit 664 683730
Spare parts kit Boiler water treatment pump* 664 683706
2. Seawater Treatment
Dosing valve into any convenient place in the circulation
system.
Product Product no.
Seawater system dosing unit 664 619338
Additional dosing point option 664 619890
Spares:
Spare BETA pump Seawater water treatment dosing unit 664 683740
Spare parts kit Seawater treatment pump* 664 683714
3. Fuel Oil Treatment

Consult your Wilhelmsen Ships Service service engineer
for advice regarding the dosing valve.
Product Product no.
Fuel oil treatment dosing unit 664 619353
Spares:
Information required when considering installation:
Spare BETA pump Fuel oil treatment dosing unit 664 683698
1. Treatment flow rate
Spare parts kit Fuel oil treatment pump* 664 683722
2. Pressure of the system into which the treatment is
Spares kits for old dosing stations (gamma pumps):
being dosed
Spare parts kit Boiler water treatment pump* 664 670141
3. Available voltage 100–240 V
Spare parts kit Seawater treatment pump* 664 670125
Spare parts kit Fuel oil treatment pump* 664 670133
* Spare parts kit contains: Diaphragm, Complete O-rings set, Pump inlet
and outlet valves and pieces for tube connections.
143
Marine
Chemicals
DOSING SYSTEM FOR EVAPORATOR TREATMENT
Recommended installation layout for

Evaporator treatment
Cleaning and Dosing Equipment
This easily installed dosing equipment consists of:
• 60 litre Polyethylene tank. N.B. An electrical metering pump for these applications
• Adjustable flow meter. can also be supplied-details on request.
• Pipework includes 5 m PVC coil, fittings and valves.
Consult your Unitor service engineer for advice. Product no: 664 656207
Air Cooler Cleaner Injection System

Unitor air cooler cleaner Injection System Layout Installation
layout example:
Tests show that vessels using this type of injection
equipment with chemical cleaners such as air cooler
cleaner suffer no degradation of cylinder lubrication and
liner wear rates are not increased.
As the air cooler size and position, (baffle plates etc.) vary
from engine to engine, Wilhelmsen Ships Service service
engineers can help you find the optimum solution for pla-
cing the injectors.
Large engines will normally require two injectors per
cooler, but one injector is usually sufficient for medium
and small engines.
Dosing Procedure
1. Check that valves A, B & C are closed
2. Thoroughly mix up a 25% solution of air cooler cleaner
and fresh water and pour this into the dosing pot.
3. Open valve 'A' allowing compressed air to the injector
nozzle(s).
4. When two injectors are installed, the air cooler cleaner
solution should be dosed separately to each injector.
Turn the 'T' valves D and E to the correct line to supply
the injector.
5. Open valves 'B' and 'C' to balance the pressure. The
emulsion solution will now be drawn down into the
injector and be atomised in the scavenge air trunking.
It should take about 10 minutes to empty the dosing pot.
6. Close valves A, B & C. Consisting of:
7. After a residence time of 10 minutes repeat sequence Product no:
of operation above using one full dosing pot fresh water.
8. Repeat this procedure every 24 to 48 hours, 1. Stainless steel 6 litre container 664 567149
depending on the requirements of the type of engine 2. Injector 664 567156
and sizes of air coolers.
144
Marine
Chemicals
Rechargeable sprayers
The sensible alternative to aerosols, using compressed air
instead of CFC propellants.
The Atomizer Sprayer is easy to operate. Fill the sprayer

unit until about two thirds full with your choice of cleaner,
pressurize it with the on board available compressed air
and the sprayer is ready to use.
Optimum working pressure is 6 to 8 bar, but efficient

operation is possible at pressures from 4 to 13 bar.

• Environmentally safe
• Rechargeable
• Easy to maintain
• Versatile
• Economical Model A Model B
Suitable for Unitor products such as Model A: 0,5 litre stainless steel sprayer.
• Enviroclean Product no: 664 572156
• Fore and Aft
• Coldwash HD
• Uniwash Model B: 1 litre chrome plated brass sprayer with
• Electrosolv-E pressure guard.
• Aquabreak PX Product no: 664 572172
Extension piece and different nozzles available:
Pin stream
Solid pin stream pattern. For applications where ”splash”
coverage is preferred or deeper penetration is required
(such as penetrating oil, lubricating oil, insecticide, etc.
Ideal for distant or inaccessible areas. Effective range up
to 20 feet. Pin stream nozzle
Fine mist
Solid cone pattern, fine density. For use with lighter
liquids and applications that require extra uniformity such
as mold release agents and dry cleaning fluids. Fine mist nozzle
Rigid 6-inch, extension piece

Product no: 664 572230 Extension piece
145
Marine
Chemicals
Spraying Devices
Spray Gun, 1 Litre
DESCRIPTION
The Spray Gun has been designed for efficient spraying of
Unitor's range of Electrosolvents and Solvent Degreasers.
The adjustable nozzle allows for easy adjustment of the
fluid discharge from a fine spray to a solid jet.
Application
1. Unscrew the container from the spray gun, fill it with Cleaning and Degreasing - of bulkheads, engine
the chemical and screw it on the spray gun again. parts, winches, tanks, etc. can be accomplished by
2. Alternatively put the end on an extended PVC hose spraying on Coldwash HD, Seaclean Plus, Seaclean,
directly into the drum of Unitor chemicals. Enviroclean or Aquabreak PX.
3. Pull trigger to spray.
4. Adjust nozzle for desired spray pattern. Oil Spills - can be dispersed quickly by spraying Seacare
5. If only an air stream is required without chemicals for OSD or Seacare Ecosperse on spill and then washing
drying, simply screw the nozzle all the way back. away with water.
Usage Painted Surfaces - can be cleaned rapidly by spraying

Electrical equipment - such as control panels, motors, on diluted Uni-Wash.
generators, etc. can be cleaned easily by spraying Unitor
Electrosolv-E directly on the soiled areas. Product no: 664 592568
JET SPRAY UNIT Care must be taken when removing

pump from container whilst under
Description pressure. Gradually unscrew pump only
The Jet Spray Unit is ideal for applying a few threads - until the compressed air
Unitor Electrosolvents, Degreasers, and is heard to escape.
cleaning chemicals.
Maintenance
The Jet Spray Unit is supplied complete THIS UNIT MUST BE THOROUGHLY
with Instantaneous Control Lance, Cone WASHED OUT IMMEDIATELY AFTER
Spray Nozzle, Charge Pump, Pressure USE with water, shaking the unit well
Gauge and Relief Valve (set to operate at and spraying the water out. Remove
6 bar). nozzle to save time.
To assemble Product no:
Fit lance tube to trigger control valve and
connect hose to outlet of the container,
10 ltr mild steel 664 572099
ensuring that all washers are in place.
10 ltr stainless steel 664 572123
Test machine with water to ensure that
it is in correct working order.
SYPHON SQUEEZER
To operate FOR 25 LITRE CONTAINERS
Remove complete pump by pressing The Syphon Squeezer has been
down on handle, engaging lugs and un- developed to avoid spillages of cleaner.
screwing. Pour in up to, but not more Put the suction end of the Syphon
than, 9 litres of spray liquid. Squeezer into the container opening
and the flexible end in a bucket. Squeeze
Replace pump; screw home firmly onto
the syphon bulb several times, until the
rubber sealing ring. Charge with air until
required amount of cleaner has been
pointer of Pressure Gauge reaches the
transferred from the 25 litre container to
red line (5 bar). Lower pressures can be
the bucket.
used if desired. The Sprayer is now
ready for use. Product no: 664 572024
146
Marine
Chemicals
Ultrasonic T-1040/HM
General Description
The Unitor Ultrasonic T-1040/HM is a portable ultrasonic cleaning unit
with the following features: bottom drain, basket with long handles and a
frame for secure fastening to the floor. This unit is designed for use with
water-based as well as solvent based chemicals. Applications may inclu-
de fuel and lube oil filters, injection nozzles, fuel and pump parts, inlet and
exhaust valves etc.
Principle
Ultrasonics is the technology dealing with mechanical sound waves at
frequencies above the audible range. Ultrasonic cleaning is based on the
utilisation of these extremely high-frequency waves to "scrub off" surfa-
ces immersed in a liquid medium, usually water. The scrubbing action is
accomplished by a phenomenon known as cavitation.
Advantages of the Unitor ULTRASONIC T-1 040/HM

1. Thorough non-destructive cleaning by means of sound waves penetra-
ting into crevices and cavities, facilitating cleaning of otherwise inac-
cessible areas. Allows use of chemicals with less environmental expo-
sure. Specifications:
Capacity: 65 ltr. total.
2. Removes deposits, soil and fouling completely. Low, or hardly notice-
Material: 2 mm welded sheet.
able audible noise. Time saving.
Stainless CrNi 1.4571,
3. Minimizes effluent disposal problems. Requires little manpower, set mounted on friction fitted
the time with the timer and it works by itself. Economical in use. sturdy steel frame.
Portable.
A specially developed cleaning agent for ultrasonic use, Unitor USC is re- Weight: 43 kg.
commended, but the Unit may also be used together with the following Measurements: External x Internal
Unitor products: Metal Brite, Enviroclean, Coldwash HD and Aquabreak Length: 550 mm x 500 mm
PX. Width: 350 mm x 300 mm
Height: 760 mm x 450 mm
A range of Unitor Ultrasonic Cleaning Units specially designed for use in the ship’s engine room.
Mains voltage: 230 V AC/50 and 60 Hz,
Technical data optional 110 V
Ultrasonic Cleaning Unit Ultrasonic Cleaning Unit Ultrasonic Cleaning Unit
T-1060 / HM T-1100 / HM T-1300 / H AC/50 and 60 Hz.
230V AC 230V AC 3 x 400V AC Heating: 1600 Watt, temperature
External measurement 720 x 620 x 760 mm 865 x 545 x 760 mm 1535 x 885 x 1080 mm
LxWxD adjustable 20-80°C.
Internal measurement 600 x 500 x 500 mm 820 x 500 x 500 mm 1100 x 550 x 600 mm Operating Frequency: 40 kHz.
LxWxD
Capacity 150 ltr. 205 ltr. 300 ltr. Ultrasoninc energy
Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel consumption: 300 Watt effective.
CrNi 1.4571 CrNi 1.4571 CrNi 1.4571
Heating 2000 W 2400 W 9000 W
Transducer type: Piezo-electric.
Adjustable 30–85 °C Adjustable 30–85 °C Adjustable 30–85 °C Connected power: 1950 Watt.
Connected power 2800 W 3400 W 11200 W
Timer: 0-120 min., continuous
HF-continuous output 800 W 1000 W 1000 W
Operating frequency 40 kHz 35 kHz 25 kHz operation.
Drainage Ball valve Ball valve Ball valve Drainage: 3/4" ball valve
Timer 0–120 min., 0–120 min., 0–120 min.,
Continuous operation Continuous operation Continuous operation Product no:
Stainless steel lid included Yes Yes Yes
Basket included Yes Yes Yes
Ultrasonic cleaning unit
Produc No. 664 651729 664 659847 664 720912
T-1040/HM 230 volt AC. 664 607818
Ultrasonic Cleaning Unit T-1300 / H with additional Ultrasonic generators in tank walls = Ultrasonic T-1330 Ultrasonic cleaning unit
H/2. Product No. 664 720920
T-1040/HM 110 volt AC. 664 607813
Ultrasonic Cleaning Units T-1060 400V / 50 Hz and T-1100 440V / 60 Hz available on request.
Our range of MULTI-FREQUENCY GENERATORS and IMMERSIBLE TRANSDUCERS are

designed for installation in new or existing steel tanks to improve the speed and effectiveness
of the washing process. Available on request.
147
Marine
Chemicals
CHEMICAL CLEANING UNIT
General Description
The Circulation Cleaning Unit is a portable integral unit
comprising mixing tank with lid, airdriven pump, hoses,
heating element (option) and connections.
Applications
Designed for use with acid and caustic based products for
descaling boilers, calorifiers, heat exchangers and other
types of equipment where rust and scale form. It is
also ideally suited for degreasing or decarbonising
contaminated systems.
Advantages by use of the Circulation Cleaning Unit

1. The portability and thoroughness of the design
reduces the preparation requirements for the
descaling operations to a minimum.
2. The Circulation Cleaning Unit is stable. The pump can
be operated remotely.
3. The pump and base unit fit inside the tank for
transportation purposes.
Specifications
Tank
Capacity: 210 litre stainless steel
Material: 304/316 grad stainless steel
Connections: 2 x 2 BSP threaded openings in
removable head.
Pump in a powder coated steel frame

Type: Graco air driven 1” stainless steel
Double Diaphragm pump Model
1040 with Teflon wetted parts.
Max. flow: 150 litres/min.
Air supply: Up to 8.4 bar.
Heating element (Optional) for the Stainless Steel Drum

Heater: 6 kW (240 volt)
Protection: Perforated cover.
Thermostat: Preset adjustable.
Weight: 60 kg with heating element and 54 kg
without heating element.
Measurements: Height: 1300 mm.
Width: 590 mm (700 mm over heater head). Product no:
The Chemical Cleaning Unit can be used in W HEATING - Stainless Steel Drum 664 613807
conjunction with the following Unitor chemicals:
•Descalex •Descaling Liquid •Disclean
•Metal Brite H.D. •Seaclean •Coldwash •Enviroclean
•Alkleen Liquid •Aquabreak PX •Carbonclean
•ACC Plus •Air Cooler Cleaner •Carbon Remover
•Electrosolv-E •Aquatuff •Seaclean Plus
•Commissioning Cleaner
148
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
149
Marine
Chemicals
NOTES
150

Chemical Manual L PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chemical Manual L PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Wilhelmsen Ships Service

Marine Chemicals Manual

808001 Chemical manual cover.indd 1 02-01-08 14:10:45

Fuel and Oil Treatment

Pool Water Treatment

FUEL & OIL TREATMENT

CLEANING, MAINTENANCE AND BIOCHEMICALS

POOL WATER TREATMENT

Problem Solution Product(s)

High temperature corrosion

Low temperature corrosion

Smoke and Smut emission

Deterioration of power output

Soot and firescale build-up

Fuel system corrosion

If test results are not available, an initial dose of 1:5000 is

If no analysis is available either from a laboratory or Unitor

PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container

Dual Purpose Plus can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treatment

Burnaid can be dosed using Fuel Oil Treatment Dosing Unit,

DOSE RATE: 1 Itr Dieselite per: x tons of fuel, see chart.

If no analysis is available, use an initial dose rate of 1:4000

DOSE: 1 Itr. Valvecare per: x tons of fuel, see chart.

Example: A fuel contains 50 ppm Sodium and 150 ppm Vanadium.

Product Description Fuel Consumption Dose Rate

Product Description Fuel Consumption Dose Rate

Problem Solution Product(s)

Cargo tank cleaning after petrochemi- Detergents Alkleen S. Liquid

Hydrocarbon gas-freeing Following normal or specific cleaning, Alkleen Liquid

Cargo hold cleaning Water based cleaner Aquatuff

Removal of small oil spills on board Sorbents + cleaning Unitor Sorbents

Solidified cement Clean with a solution of inorganic Descaling liquid

Cleaning of bilges, machinery spaces, Self-splitting solvent based cleaner Cleanbreak

Cleaning fuel/lube oil filters Ultrasonic bath Aquabreak PX

Cleaning machinery parts Ultrasonic bath Aquabreak PX

Cleaning electrical apparatus Ultrasonic bath Electrosolv-E

Effluent treatment De-emulsification + flocculation Bilge Water Flocculant

Brightening up wooden decks Special powder based product Teak Renewer

Light rust removal Clean with a solution of inorganic Metal Brite

Heavily rust removal Liquid detergent containing strong Descaling Liquid

Paintwork cleaning Wash with water based cleaner H.P. Wash

General accommodation cleaner General purpose water based cleaners Aquabreak PX

Carpet cleaning Special water based cleaner Carpet Cleaner

Cleaning bathrooms Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme MSC

Cleaning toilets Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme BTC

Floor cleaning - fat elimination/reduced Special purpose bacterial formulation Gamazyme FC

General cleaning General purpose water based cleaners Fore&Aft

Sewage treatment Flocculation + dewatering Bilge Water Flocculant

Foaming in sewage and waste systems Non-silicone defoamer Defoamer Concentrate

*) Bag in a box (Cruise)

Spray method Features, Benefits and Applications

1. General cleaning 652 571380 25 Steel

Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary

Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using

PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container

PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container

PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container

PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container

PACKAGING: Product No. Size (in litres) Container

Features, Benefits and Applications

Read the Material Safety Data Sheet before using

For detailed information on safety and health, please refer

Wilhelmsen Ships Service or any associated or subsidiary